WO2019123895A1 - Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound - Google Patents

Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019123895A1
WO2019123895A1 PCT/JP2018/042011 JP2018042011W WO2019123895A1 WO 2019123895 A1 WO2019123895 A1 WO 2019123895A1 JP 2018042011 W JP2018042011 W JP 2018042011W WO 2019123895 A1 WO2019123895 A1 WO 2019123895A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
acid
general formula
radiation
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/042011
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
稔 上村
恵士 山本
研由 後藤
三千紘 白川
光宏 藤田
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2019560866A priority Critical patent/JP6997803B2/en
Publication of WO2019123895A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019123895A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, a method of manufacturing an electronic device, and a compound.
  • Patent Document 1 as a pattern forming method using a chemically amplified resist composition, a film is formed using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing (A) the following (A) to (C): Forming process, (A) A resin in which the polarity is increased by the action of an acid to decrease the solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent, (B) a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, and (C) having a cation site and an anion site in the same molecule, and the cation site and the anion site are covalently linked
  • a method of forming a pattern comprising the steps of: (1) exposing the film; and (2) developing the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern.
  • the following two types of betaine type compounds are disclosed as (C) component.
  • the component (B) is a so-called acid generator, and generates an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation in the exposure step (step (a)).
  • the generated acid mainly contributes to the deprotection reaction of the acid-degradable resin (the component (A)).
  • Patent Document 1 use acid generation generally used to cause a deprotection reaction of a resin component (a deprotection reaction of an acid-degradable resin) or to cause a crosslinking reaction of a resin component.
  • the betaine type compound were examined by preparing an actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition containing the agent (hereinafter referred to as "acid generator X") and the above betaine type compound.
  • the acid generator X generates an acid which is relatively weaker than the acid generated from the acid generator X, and controls the diffusion of the acid generated from the acid generator X to the unexposed area (neutralization Have been known to function as
  • neutralization Have been known to function as
  • the present inventors have found that the above-mentioned betaine type compound easily forms aggregates (for example, dimers) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and is difficult to be uniformly dispersed in the system. It became clear.
  • a film of an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing an acid generator X and the above-mentioned betaine type compound (hereinafter, a "film of an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition"
  • the diffusion inhibition (neutralization) of the acid generated from the acid generator X by the above-mentioned betaine type compound during the exposure step is The pattern did not progress uniformly, and it was revealed that the formed pattern had not necessarily sufficient fluctuation in pattern line width (LWR (line width roughness)) and in-plane uniformity (CDU (critical dimension uniformity)).
  • this invention makes it a subject to provide the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which can form the pattern excellent in the fluctuation
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method of manufacturing an electronic device using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide novel compounds.
  • a 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - is -Y 1, [1] to [4
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of the above.
  • all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, or at least one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group, [11] The compound as described in.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern excellent in pattern line width fluctuation (LWR) and in-plane uniformity (CDU). Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method of manufacturing an electronic device using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Furthermore, according to the present invention, novel compounds can be provided.
  • actinic ray or radiation refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams (EB). Means Electron Beam) and the like.
  • light herein is meant actinic radiation or radiation.
  • the “exposure” in the present specification includes not only exposure by the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams and Also includes drawing by particle beam such as ion beam.
  • “to” is used in the meaning including the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent as well as a group having no substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the type of substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of substituents when “it may have a substituent” is not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may, for example, be one, two, three or more.
  • Examples of the substituent may include monovalent nonmetal atomic groups other than hydrogen atoms, and may be selected, for example, from the following substituent group T.
  • substituent T halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group; aryloxy groups such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and methoxalyl group Alkyl groups such as methylsulfanyl group and tert-butylsulfanyl group; arylsulfanyl groups such as phenylsulfanyl group and p-tolylsulfanyl
  • the actinic Ray-Sensitive or Radiation-Sensitive Resin Composition (hereinafter also referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) comprises a resin and an acid generator which generates an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. Also referred to as “acid generator X”) and an acid diffusion control agent, the acid diffusion control agent at least includes a compound represented by General Formula (1) described later.
  • the feature of the present invention is that the compound represented by the general formula (1) is contained as an acid diffusion control agent.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is contained as an acid diffusion control agent.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) receives an actinic ray or radiation to generate an acid.
  • An acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) is generally used to cause a deprotection reaction of a resin component (a deprotection reaction of an acid-degradable resin) or to cause a crosslinking reaction of a resin component. It becomes a weak acid relatively to the acid generator (acid generator X). For this reason, in the resist film system during and / or after exposure, apparent proton exchange between the acid generated by the acid generator X and the anion of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) A reaction occurs. As a result, the acid generator X neutralizes the acid generated, and the diffusion of the acid generated from the acid generator X to the unexposed area is suppressed.
  • the above-mentioned betaine type compound is separated from the positive charge and the negative charge in the molecule too much and is aggregated with other molecules for charge neutralization.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) since the anionic group represented by A 1 and the cation site of the sulfur atom represented by S + are structurally close to each other, the actinic ray sensitivity or It is hard to aggregate in the radiation sensitive resin composition. Therefore, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is uniformly dispersed and present in the resist film system.
  • the diffusion suppression (neutralization) of the acid generated from the acid generator X by the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) in the resist film system during and / or after the exposure is I speculate that it will progress uniformly.
  • the pattern formed by the composition of the present invention is excellent in LWR performance and CDU performance.
  • the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) is any one or more of an acid represented by the following general formula (1X) and an acid represented by the following general formula (1Y) I guess.
  • the acid diffusion control agent also has a betaine structure, which also contributes to the improvement of LWR performance and CDU performance.
  • an acid diffusion controller having an acid diffusion control mechanism (action mechanism of acid generator X neutralization) similar to that of the compound represented by the general formula (1), for example, triphenylsulfonium salt etc. are known
  • the resist film is less likely to be plasticized when the acid diffusion control agent having a betaine structure is used. For this reason, it is considered that the resist film after exposure is difficult to be dissolved unevenly at the time of development, and as a result, it contributes to the improvement of LWR performance and CDU performance.
  • the resin (AX1) is a resin (hereinafter, also referred to as an “acid-degradable resin”) having a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the polarity (hereinafter, also referred to as “acid-degradable group”).
  • the composition of the present invention contains a resin (AX1), the pattern to be formed is usually a positive pattern when an alkaline developer is employed as a developer, and an organic developer is employed as a developer. Becomes a negative pattern.
  • the resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid decomposable group.
  • a well-known resin can be used suitably as resin (AX1).
  • resin (AX1) A well-known resin can be used suitably as resin (AX1).
  • paragraphs ⁇ 0055> to ⁇ 0191> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0274458A1 paragraphs ⁇ 0035> to ⁇ 0085> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0147150A1.
  • Known resins disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0045> to ⁇ 0090> of the specification can be suitably used as the resin (AX1).
  • the alkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group and a sec- A butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group. .
  • the ring formed by bonding R 36 and R 37 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group. .
  • the resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as a repeating unit having an acid decomposable group.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be combined to form a ring structure or may not be formed.
  • Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group represented by Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group and a trifluoromethyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, n- Preferred is a butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
  • a part of carbon-carbon bonds may be a double bond.
  • cycloalkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group or norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as an adamantyl group are preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, or a norbornane ring, a tetracyclo ring Polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as decane ring, tetracyclododecane ring and adamantane ring are preferred. Among them, a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring or an adamantane ring is more preferable. As a ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , a structure shown below is also preferable.
  • the resin (AX1) have, as a repeating unit having an acid degradable group, the repeating units described in paragraphs ⁇ 0336> to ⁇ 0369> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1.
  • the resin (AX1) is decomposed by the action of the acid described in paragraphs ⁇ 0363> to ⁇ 0364> of US Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1 as a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group to be alcoholic. You may have a repeating unit containing the group which produces a hydroxyl group.
  • the resin (AX1) may contain a single type of repeating unit having an acid-degradable group, or may contain two or more types in combination.
  • the resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
  • the resin (AX1) has a lactone structure represented by any one of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or any one of the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) It is further preferable to have a repeating unit having a sultone structure represented. Also, a lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • Preferred structures include general formula (LC1-1), general formula (LC1-4), general formula (LC1-5), general formula (LC1-8), general formula (LC1-16), or general formula (LC1) And lactone structures represented by the formula -21) or sultone structures represented by the general formula (SL1-1).
  • the lactone structure moiety or the sultone structure moiety may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred examples of the substituent (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxy group And a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an acid decomposable group and the like, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group or an acid decomposable group is preferable.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4; When n 2 is 2 or more, plural substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Moreover, two or more substituents (Rb 2 ) may be combined to form a ring.
  • a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure As a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III) is preferable.
  • A represents an ester bond (a group represented by -COO-) or an amide bond (a group represented by -CONH-).
  • n is the number of repetition of the structure represented by -R 0 -Z- and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, -R 0 -Z- is absent, resulting in a single bond.
  • R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. If R 0 is plural, R 0 each independently represents a alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
  • Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • each Z independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • the alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
  • Z an ether bond or an ester bond is preferable, and an ester bond is more preferable.
  • the resin (AX1) may have a repeating unit having a carbonate structure.
  • the carbonate structure is preferably a cyclic carbonate structure.
  • the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, R A 2 independently represents a substituent.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z represents an atomic group which forms a monocyclic or polycyclic structure with a group represented by —O—C (OO) —O— in the formula.
  • the resin (AX1) is a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure as described in paragraphs ⁇ 0370> to ⁇ 0414> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. It is also preferred to have the repeating unit described in
  • the resin (AX1) may have, alone, a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, and has two or more in combination. It may be
  • the following monomers are also suitably used as a raw material of the resin (AX1).
  • repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of lactone structure, sultone structure, and carbonate structure contained in resin (AX1) (selected from the group consisting of lactone structure, sultone structure, and carbonate structure 5 to 70 mol% is preferable with respect to all the repeating units in resin (AX1), and, when two or more repeating units which have at least 1 sort exist are two or more, 10 to 65 mol% is more preferable, and 20 to 60 mol% is more preferred.
  • the resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit having a polar group.
  • the polar group include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, and a fluorinated alcohol group.
  • the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group.
  • the repeating unit which has a polar group does not have an acid degradable group.
  • an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted by the polar group an adamantyl group or a norbornane group is preferable.
  • the resin (AX1) may have a repeating unit having a polar group singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably 5 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 48 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 25 mol%, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (AX1).
  • the resin (AX1) may further have a repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group. It is preferable that the repeating unit which does not have any of an acid-degradable group and a polar group has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid degradable group nor a polar group include the repeating units described in paragraphs ⁇ 0236> to ⁇ 0237> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0026083A1. Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group are shown below.
  • the resin (AX1) may have a single type of repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group, and may have two or more types in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit having neither an acid decomposable group nor a polar group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin (AX1). 5 to 25 mol% is more preferred.
  • the resin (AX1) has, besides the above-mentioned repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, or resolution, heat resistance, which are generally necessary characteristics of the resist, and You may have various repeating structural units in order to adjust a sensitivity etc. Examples of such repeating structural units include, but not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to a predetermined monomer.
  • the predetermined monomer has, for example, one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters and the like. Compounds etc. may be mentioned.
  • addition polymerizable unsaturated compounds copolymerizable with the monomers corresponding to the above-mentioned various repeating structural units may be used.
  • the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is appropriately set to adjust various performances.
  • the resin (AX1) substantially does not have an aromatic group from the viewpoint of ArF light transmittance. More specifically, the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, based on all the repeating units in the resin (AX1), and ideally It is more preferable that the monomer have 0 mol%, that is, it does not have a repeating unit having an aromatic group.
  • the resin (AX1) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
  • all of the repeating units be composed of (meth) acrylate repeating units.
  • all repeating units may be methacrylate repeating units
  • all repeating units may be acrylate repeating units
  • all repeating units may be methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
  • an acrylate-type repeating unit is 50 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units of resin (AX1).
  • the resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. More preferably, the resin (AX1) has a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group. As a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group, a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth) acrylate repeating unit is mentioned.
  • the resin (AX1) is a group from which hydrogen atoms of phenolic hydroxyl groups are decomposed and released by the action of acid (leaving group) It is preferable to have a structure protected by
  • the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group contained in the resin (AX1) is preferably 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably 40 to 100 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin (AX1). Preferably, 50 to 100 mol% is more preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (AX1) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, and still more preferably 3,000 to 20,000.
  • the dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and still more preferably 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
  • the resin (AX1) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content of the resin (AX1) is generally 20.0% by mass or more in many cases, preferably 40.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content. % By mass or more is more preferable, and 80.0% by mass or more is even more preferable. Although an upper limit in particular is not restrict
  • the resin (AX2) is an alkali-soluble resin having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • the composition of this invention contains the crosslinking agent (G) mentioned later with resin (AX2).
  • the crosslinking agent (G) may be in the form of being supported by the resin (AX2).
  • the composition of the present invention contains a resin (AX2), the formed pattern is usually a negative pattern.
  • the resin (AX2) it is preferable to have a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • the resin (AX2) may have the acid-degradable group described above.
  • repeating unit which has a phenolic hydroxyl group which resin (AX2) has, the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) is preferable.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), or a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • B ' represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar ' represents an aromatic ring group.
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • bivalent coupling group represented by B ' it is synonymous with T in General formula (AI), and its preferable aspect is also the same.
  • aromatic ring group represented by Ar ' a benzene ring is preferable.
  • m is not particularly limited as long as it is an integer of 1 or more, for example, 1 to 4 is preferable, 1 to 3 is more preferable, and 1 or 2 is more preferable.
  • Resin (AX2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the resin (AX2) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is generally 30% by mass or more in many cases, preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit in particular is not restrict
  • Preferred examples of the resin (AX2) include the resins disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0142> to ⁇ 0347> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0282720 A1.
  • composition of the present invention may contain both resin (AX1) and resin (AX2).
  • the composition of the present invention contains a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as "acid generator (B)").
  • the acid generator (B) mentioned here is an acid generator generally used to cause a deprotecting reaction of a resin component (a deprotecting reaction of an acid-degradable resin) or to cause a crosslinking reaction of a resin component.
  • the acid generator X mentioned above corresponds, and the compound represented by above-mentioned General formula (1) is not contained in an acid generator (B).
  • the acid generator (B) a compound capable of generating an organic acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation is preferable.
  • Examples include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imidosulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
  • known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • the known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0323> to ⁇ 0402> of the specification of 237190 A1 can be suitably used as the acid generator (B).
  • the acid generator (B) for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII), or general formula (ZIII) is preferable.
  • Each of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 independently represents an organic group.
  • the carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • an alkylene group for example, a butylene group, a pentylene group and the like
  • —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 — are It can be mentioned.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • the acid generator (B) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by general formula (ZI).
  • R 201 ⁇ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI) at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI) is a single bond Alternatively, it may be a compound having a structure bonded via a linking group.
  • the compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an arylsulfonium as a cation.
  • the arylsulfonium compound all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • arylsulfonium compounds include triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom or the like.
  • the heterocyclic structure pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, benzothiophene residue and the like can be mentioned.
  • the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium compound optionally has is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • Preferred examples of the cycloalkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group and cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 are each independently an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group It may have (for example, 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
  • the compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which each of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Each of R201 to R203 independently is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group.
  • a carbonylmethyl group is more preferable, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is more preferable.
  • alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R201 to R203 a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 10 (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group) is preferable.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted by a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a nitro group.
  • the compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
  • Each of R 1c to R 5c independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y respectively combine to form a ring structure
  • Each of the ring structures may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond or an amide bond.
  • Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring in which two or more of these rings are combined.
  • the ring structure includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by bonding any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • As an alkylene group a methylene group, ethylene group, etc. are mentioned.
  • Zc - represents an anion.
  • the compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
  • R 14 represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 14 's , they each independently represent the above-mentioned group such as a hydroxyl group. Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
  • Two R 15 s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group or a t-butyl group.
  • each of R 204 to R 207 independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, A propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group and the like) or a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 10 (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group and the like) is preferable.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents which may be possessed by the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon And an aryl group (for example, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • o represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 10;
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the carbon number of this alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4.
  • a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf be a fluorine atom.
  • R 4 and R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in the general formula (3).
  • L represents a divalent linking group.
  • L may be the same or different.
  • Examples thereof include combined divalent linking groups and the like.
  • -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - NHCO -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, - OCO- alkylene group -, - CONH- alkylene group -, or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
  • W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
  • a cyclic organic group is preferable.
  • an alicyclic group an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group are mentioned, for example.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • monocyclic alicyclic group monocyclic cycloalkyl groups, such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group, are mentioned, for example.
  • polycyclic alicyclic groups include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthryl group, and anthryl group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of the acid more.
  • the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • the hetero ring having no aromaticity includes, for example, tetrahydropyran ring, lactone ring, sultone ring, and decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • lactone ring and sultone ring include lactone structure and sultone structure exemplified in the above-mentioned resin.
  • a heterocycle in the heterocycle group a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • this substituent for example, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched and having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic, and spirocyclic) Any of them, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aryl (preferably having 6 to 14 carbons), hydroxyl, alkoxy, ester, amide, urethane, ureido, thioether, sulfonamide And sulfonate ester groups.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group may be carbonyl carbon.
  • SO 3 -- CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W SO 3 -- CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L) q-W, or, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH (CF 3 ) -OCO- (L) q'-W is preferred.
  • L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
  • the anion represented by Formula (4) is also preferable.
  • Each of X B1 and X B2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Each of X B3 and X B4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and both of X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom Is more preferred. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine-substituted alkyl group.
  • L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
  • each Xa independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • Each Xb independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion Preferably, it is a benzenesulfonic acid anion substituted by a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonate anion and a-(D-B) group.
  • substituent which may further have include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • N represents an integer of 0 or more. As n, 1 to 4 is preferable, 2 to 3 is more preferable, and 3 is more preferable.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.
  • B represents a hydrocarbon group
  • D is a single bond
  • B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure.
  • B is more preferably isopropyl or cyclohexyl.
  • anion Z in formula (ZI) - the anion in the general formula (ZII) Z -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and the general formula Z in (ZI-4) - shows the preferred embodiment below.
  • the acid generator (B) may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound, or may be in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer. Also, the form of the low molecular weight compound and the form incorporated into a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the acid generator (B) is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and still more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the acid generator (B) When the acid generator (B) is in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A) described above, and is incorporated into a resin different from the resin (A) It is also good.
  • the acid generator (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the acid generator (B) (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.1 to 20.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, 0.5 -15.0% by mass is more preferable, and 1.0-15.0% by mass is more preferable.
  • the content of the acid generator contained in the composition (if there is more than one, the total amount thereof) Is preferably 5 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 7 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the acid generated by decomposition of the acid generator (B) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is more than the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) described later. It is preferable to be small.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the acid generated by decomposition of the acid generator (B) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably -1.00 or less, more preferably -1.50 or less. And -2.00 or less.
  • the lower limit value of pKa is not particularly limited, and is, for example, -5.00 or more.
  • pKa (acid dissociation constant) can be measured by the following method.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa refers to the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and, for example, to Chemical Handbook (II) (revised 4th edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.) As described, the lower the value, the higher the acid strength.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinite dilution aqueous solution, and Hammett using the following software package 1 Values based on substituent constants of and the database of known literature values can also be determined by calculation. All the pKa values described in the present specification indicate values calculated by using this software package.
  • Software Package 1 Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs)
  • the composition of the present invention contains an acid diffusion control agent.
  • the acid diffusion control agent traps an acid generated from the acid generator (B) or the like at the time of exposure, and acts as a quencher to suppress the reaction of the acid decomposable resin in the unexposed area by the extra generated acid.
  • the composition of the present invention only needs to contain at least the compound represented by the general formula (1) as an acid diffusion control agent, and includes other acid diffusion inhibitors within the range not to impair the effects of the present invention. It is also good.
  • the compound represented by General formula (1) is demonstrated as an acid diffusion control agent (C)
  • the other acid diffusion prevention agent is demonstrated as an acid diffusion control agent (D).
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • a 1 is substituted ortho to the carbon atom bonded to the S + on Ar 1, and, -L 1 -CO 2 -, -L 2 -SO 3 -, or -L 3 -X 1 - N -- Y 1 represents.
  • Each of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X 1 represents -SO 2- or -CO-.
  • Y 1 represents an -SO 2 -R A, or -CO-R B.
  • Each of R A and R B independently represents a monovalent substituent.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent, and the above-mentioned substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is any of a monocyclic structure (monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group) and a polycyclic structure (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group), It is also good.
  • the carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 18, and more preferably 5 to 10.
  • Specific examples of the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group include aryl group (phenyl group, tolyl group, xylyl group etc.), naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group, indenyl group, acenabutenyl group, fluorenyl group, pyrenyl group etc. It can be mentioned.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups are preferable among them in that LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent, and phenyl is preferable. Groups are more preferred.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent.
  • the kind in particular of the said substituent is not restrict
  • a non-aromatic substituent (note that, in the present specification, “non-aromatic substituent” means a substituent that does not exhibit aromaticity, and for example, it has an aromatic ring)
  • Substituent groups are preferable, and may be an alkyl group (linear, branched or cyclic), preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a fluoroalkyl group (representing an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4. Also, at least one fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the substituted alkyl group is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
  • halogen atom may be mentioned as the halogen atom
  • a thioa A Kyl group which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10, still more preferably 1 to 6
  • an alkoxy group It may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and still more preferably 1 to 6).
  • the substituents substituted by Ar ⁇ 1 >, Ar ⁇ 2 > and Ar ⁇ 3 > may mutually combine and the ring may be formed.
  • the ring may be either aromatic or non-aromatic, but is preferably non-aromatic from the viewpoint that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent.
  • the above-mentioned ring may further have a substituent (for example, one exemplified in the substituent group T).
  • At least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is unsubstituted, in that LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent.
  • a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group of the following (note that Ar 1 is intended to have no substituent other than A 1 ), any one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 More preferably, one or more are monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and it is more preferable that Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 are all monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • a 1 is substituted ortho to the carbon atom bonded to the S + on Ar 1, and, -L 1 -CO 2 -, -L 2 -SO 3 -, or -L 3 -X 1 - N -- Y 1 represents.
  • "substituted ortho to the carbon atom bonded to the S + on Ar 1" in Ar 1 to the carbon atom of the coupling position with the explicit the sulfonium cation in formula (1) a 1 in the ortho position Te is intended to replace.
  • a 1 substitutes the carbon atom adjacent to the carbon atom at the bonding position with the sulfonium cation specified in General Formula (1) in Ar 1 .
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and a single bond is preferable in that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 is not particularly limited but, for example, -O-, -CO-, a divalent hydrocarbon group (eg, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene) Group, and an arylene group), and the group which combined these 2 or more are mentioned.
  • divalent linking groups represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 —O—, —CO—, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, among others, in terms of superior LWR performance and CDU performance
  • An alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and a combination of two or more of them are preferable, and -O-, -CO-, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 2
  • the group combined as above is more preferable, the alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable, and the alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the atom at the bonding position to Ar 1 in L 1 , L 2 and L 3 is preferably other than an oxygen atom.
  • an atom other than oxygen atom eg, carbon atom
  • the A 1 in that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the pattern to be formed more excellent, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - -Y 1 are preferred.
  • X 1 represents -SO 2- or -CO-.
  • Y 1 represents an -SO 2 -R A, or -CO-R B.
  • R A and R B independently represents a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R A and R B is not particularly limited, but includes the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T.
  • an alkyl group (a linear, branched or cyclic group may be used, among which the carbon number is preferably 1 to 20, 1 to 10 is more preferable, 1 to 6 is further preferable, and 1 to 3 is particularly preferable), and an alkenyl group (linear, branched or cyclic) may be used.
  • alkynyl group which may be linear, branched or cyclic
  • 2 to 10 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is further preferable
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may further have a substituent (for example, those exemplified for the substituent group T).
  • the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) is, for example, preferably -2.00 or more and is 1.00 or more, in that the function as the acid diffusion control agent is more excellent. Is more preferably 1.50 or more.
  • the upper limit of pKa is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 14.0 or less.
  • pKa (acid dissociation constant) can be measured by the method described above.
  • the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) can be adjusted mainly by the type of A 1 .
  • the difference between the pKa of the acid generated by the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the pKa of the acid generated from the acid generator (B) is preferably 1.00 or more, 2 .00 or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit value is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 10.0.
  • the acid generated by the compound represented by the general formula (1) which is an acid diffusion control agent, is relatively weak to the acid generated from the acid generator (B). If the difference in pKa between the acid generated by the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the acid generated from the acid generator (B) is within the above numerical range, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is The function as an acid diffusion control agent is more excellent.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2) in that the LWR performance and the CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent.
  • the general formula (2) will be described.
  • Ar 2, Ar 3, and A 1 is represented by the general formula (1) of Ar 2, Ar 3, and have the same meanings as A 1, preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a nonaromatic substituent.
  • the substituent represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is a non-aromatic substituent, and an alkyl group (linear, branched, or cyclic
  • the carbon number is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and still more preferably 1 to 6, and a fluoroalkyl group (an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom).
  • the carbon number is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4.
  • a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable, a halogen atom (as a halogen atom)
  • a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like can be mentioned
  • a thioalkyl group (a linear, branched or cyclic one may be used.
  • the carbon number is 1 to 20) Good 1 to 10 is more preferable, and 1 to 6 is further preferable
  • an alkoxy group linear, branched or cyclic), preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. 1 to 10 is more preferable, and 1 to 6 is further preferable).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 may be linked to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring is preferably nonaromatic.
  • the above-mentioned ring may further have a substituent (for example, one exemplified in the substituent group T).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 preferably do not combine with each other to form a ring structure in that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent.
  • Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent, and the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring may be either aromatic or non-aromatic, but is preferably non-aromatic from the viewpoint that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent.
  • the above-mentioned ring may further have a substituent (for example, one exemplified in the substituent group T).
  • R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms or Ar 2 and Ar 3 in that LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent. It is preferable that at least one is an unsubstituted single-ring aromatic hydrocarbon group. Among them, all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, and one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group in that the LWR performance and the CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent. Or Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, or all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted. More preferably, it is a single ring aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the compound represented by the above general formula (1) can be synthesized, for example, according to a known method.
  • the compounds represented by the above general formula (1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) (in the case of a plurality of such compounds, the total thereof) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition 0.5 to 8.0% by mass is more preferable.
  • the content ratio of the compound represented by the general formula (1) to the acid generator (B) (acid generator X) (acid generator (B) / compound represented by general formula (1) Is, for example, 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 90/10 to 30/70, and more preferably 85/15 to 40/60.
  • composition of the present invention is an acid diffusion control agent other than the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent (C) (corresponding to the compound represented by the general formula (1)) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. (Hereafter, "acid diffusion control agent (D)") may be included.
  • the acid diffusion control agent (D) for example, a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, a relatively weak acid to an acid generator Diffusion control of onium salt (DC), low molecular weight compound (DD) having nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of acid, or onium salt compound (DE) having nitrogen atom in the cation part It can be used as an agent.
  • known acid diffusion control agents can be suitably used. For example, paragraphs ⁇ 0627> to ⁇ 0664> of U.S.
  • Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1 paragraphs ⁇ 0095> to ⁇ 0187> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015/0004544 A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0237190 A1
  • the known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0403> to ⁇ 0423> of the specification and paragraphs ⁇ 0259> to ⁇ 0328> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0274458 A1 are suitable as the acid diffusion control agent (D) It can be used for
  • the basic compound (DA) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 which may be the same or different, each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl Represents a group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 201 and R 202 may bond to each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 which may be the same or different, each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may not be substituted.
  • As the alkyl group having a substituent as the alkyl group having a substituent, an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) is more preferably unsubstituted.
  • the basic compound (DA) is preferably guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine or the like, and has an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclo structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure, Compounds having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, or aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond are more preferable.
  • a basic compound (DB) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (DB)") whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation has a proton acceptor functional group, and an actinic ray or radiation. It is a compound which is decomposed by irradiation with radiation to decrease, disappear, or change from proton acceptor property to acidity.
  • the proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron that can electrostatically interact with a proton, and is, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether or ⁇ conjugated
  • the nitrogen atom having a noncovalent electron pair not contributing to the ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
  • Examples of preferable partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (DB) decomposes upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generates a compound which has been changed from the proton acceptor property to the acidity.
  • the reduction or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acidity is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group, and is specifically described Means that when a proton adduct is formed from a compound (DB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in its chemical equilibrium decreases.
  • the proton acceptor property can be confirmed by performing pH measurement.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ 1, more preferably ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 1, It is more preferable to satisfy 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ -3.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa can be determined by the method described above.
  • an onium salt (DC) which becomes a relatively weak acid to the acid generator can be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
  • DC onium salt
  • the acid generator is generated from the acid generator by irradiation with actinic ray or radiation.
  • the salt exchange releases the weak acid to form an onium salt with strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged to a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, the acid is apparently inactivated to control the acid diffusion.
  • R 51 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • Z 2c is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (but carbon adjacent to S) Fluorine atom is not substituted
  • R 52 is an organic group
  • Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or arylene group
  • R f is a fluorine atom
  • each of M + is independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented as M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified in the general formula (ZII).
  • the low molecular weight compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid has a group leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom It is preferable that it is an amine derivative which it has.
  • a group leaving by the action of an acid an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group is preferable, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group is more preferable. .
  • the molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and still more preferably 100 to 500.
  • the compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protective group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • Each Rb independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group (preferably Preferably, it represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • R b may be linked to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by R b are each independently a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, an oxo group etc., an alkoxy group, or a halogen It may be substituted by an atom.
  • R b a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
  • a ring which two Rb mutually connects and forms alicyclic hydrocarbon, aromatic hydrocarbon, heterocyclic hydrocarbon, its derivative (s), etc. are mentioned.
  • Specific structures of the group represented by formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0466> of US Patent Publication No. US 2012/0135348 A1.
  • the compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • l + m 3 is satisfied.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be mutually linked to form a heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • the hetero ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and the preferred examples are also the same.
  • each of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra is independently substituted with an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb. It may be substituted by the same group as the group described above as a preferable group.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group (these groups may be substituted with the above group) of the above Ra include the same groups as the specific examples described above for Rb.
  • Be Specific examples of particularly preferable compound (DD) in the present invention include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0475> of US Patent Application Publication 2012/0135348 A1.
  • the onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part (hereinafter, also referred to as a "compound (DE)”) is preferably a compound having a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation part.
  • the basic moiety is preferably an amino group, more preferably an aliphatic amino group. More preferably, all atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom) is not directly linked to the nitrogen atom.
  • Preferred specific examples of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0203> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0309408 A1.
  • an acid diffusion control agent (D) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the acid diffusion control agent (D) (if there is more than one type, the total thereof) is 0.1 based on the total solids of the composition.
  • the content is preferably in the range of 10.0% by mass and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably a resin different from the resin (AX1) and the resin (AX2).
  • the composition of the present invention can control the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, and reduce immersion defects.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed to be localized on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and it is necessary to use polar / nonpolar substances. It does not have to contribute to mixing uniformly.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is selected from the group consisting of "fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of localization to the membrane surface layer It is preferable that it is resin which has a repeating unit which has at least 1 sort of.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, It may be contained in the chain.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom
  • it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkyl sulfonyl) group And the like) and the like.
  • a fluorinated alcohol group preferably hexafluoroisopropanol
  • a sulfoneimide group or a bis (alkylcarbonyl)
  • Examples of the group (y) which is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer to increase the solubility in the alkali developer include lactone group, carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-), and acid anhydride group (-C (O) OC). (O)-), acid imide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate group (-OC (O) O-), sulfate group (-OSO 2 O-), and A sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—) and the like can be mentioned, and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
  • repeating unit containing these groups it is a repeating unit which these groups are directly couple
  • these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this repeating unit may be introduced at the end of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having these groups at the time of polymerization.
  • a repeating unit which has a lactone group the thing similar to the repeating unit which has the lactone structure previously demonstrated by the term of resin (AX1) is mentioned, for example.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (y) which is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer to increase the solubility in the alkali developer is 1 to 100 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). Is preferable, 3 to 98 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 95 mol% is more preferable.
  • action of an acid in hydrophobic resin (E) is a thing similar to the repeating unit which has an acid degradable group mentioned by resin (AX1).
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing under the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). And 20 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) may further have another repeating unit other than the above-described repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100% by mole, and more preferably 30 to 100% by mole, relative to all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100% by mole, and more preferably 20 to 100% by mole, relative to all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) substantially does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, particularly when the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably substantially constituted only by a repeating unit constituted only by an atom selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (E) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
  • the total content of the remaining monomer and / or oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass.
  • the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
  • hydrophobic resin (E) well-known resin can be suitably selected and used as an individual or a mixture thereof.
  • repeating units disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0177> to ⁇ 0258> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190 A1 are also preferable as repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • Hydrophobic resin (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. It is preferable to mix and use 2 or more types of hydrophobic resin (E) from which surface energy differs, from a viewpoint of coexistence of immersion liquid followability and image development characteristic in liquid immersion exposure.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 8.0% by mass, with respect to the total solid content in the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a solvent.
  • known resist solvents can be appropriately used.
  • paragraphs ⁇ 0665> to ⁇ 0670> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1; paragraphs ⁇ 0210> to ⁇ 0235> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0237190A1 Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0424> to ⁇ 0426> of the specification and paragraphs ⁇ 0357> to ⁇ 0366> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0274458 A1 can be suitably used.
  • solvents examples include, for example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid alkyl ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10), Examples thereof include organic solvents such as a monoketone compound (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10) which may have a ring, an alkylene carbonate, an alkyl alkoxyacetate, and an alkyl pyruvate.
  • a monoketone compound preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10
  • the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which has a hydroxyl group in a structure may be used, and the solvent which does not have a hydroxyl group.
  • the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group the above-mentioned exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate or the like is preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate or ethyl lactate is more preferred.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxy propionate, a monoketone compound which may have a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene is preferable.
  • Glycol monomethyl ether acetate PGMEA
  • ethyl ethoxy propionate 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate
  • propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxy propionate Further preferred is cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone.
  • Propylene carbonate is also preferred as the solvent having no hydroxyl group.
  • the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferable in view of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate alone or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a compound which crosslinks the resin by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as a crosslinking agent (G)).
  • a well-known compound can be used suitably as a crosslinking agent (G).
  • known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0379> to ⁇ 0431> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147154 A1 and in paragraphs ⁇ 0064> to ⁇ 0141> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0282720 A1. Can be suitably used as the crosslinking agent (G).
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is a compound having a crosslinkable group capable of crosslinking the resin, and as the crosslinkable group, a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl ether group, an oxirane ring, And oxetane rings.
  • the crosslinkable group is preferably a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an oxirane ring or an oxetane ring.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably a compound (including a resin) having two or more crosslinkable groups.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is more preferably a phenol derivative, a urea compound (a compound having a urea structure) or a melamine compound (a compound having a melamine structure) having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group.
  • a crosslinking agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably 1.0 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3.0 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 5.0 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the resist composition. preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom
  • a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom
  • composition of the present invention contains a surfactant
  • a surfactant when an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, it is possible to obtain a pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution.
  • the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant the surfactants described in paragraph ⁇ 0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can be mentioned.
  • other surfactants can also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, and 0.0005 to 1.0% with respect to the total solid content of the composition. % By mass is more preferred.
  • the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the surface uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin (E) is increased. As a result, the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability at the time of immersion exposure is improved.
  • composition of the present invention further contains other additives such as an acid multiplying agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, and a dissolution accelerator. It is also good.
  • the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is usually preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, and still more preferably 2.0 to 5.3% by mass.
  • the solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of the other resist components excluding the solvent, with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the film thickness of the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film which consists of a composition of this invention 85 nm or less is more preferable.
  • Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property or the film forming property.
  • the composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent, filtering it, and then applying it on a predetermined support (substrate).
  • a predetermined organic solvent preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent
  • 0.05 micrometer or less is more preferable, and 0.03 micrometer or less is still more preferable.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. In filter filtration, as disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-62667 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
  • cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters are connected in series or in parallel. May be connected to
  • the composition may also be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, the composition may be subjected to a degassing treatment and the like before and after the filter filtration.
  • the composition of the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which changes its property in response to irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention can be used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC (Integrated Circuit), production of circuit substrates such as liquid crystals or thermal heads, production of imprint mold structures, other photofabrication processes, or The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing a lithographic printing plate or an acid-curable composition.
  • the pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching process, an ion implantation process, a bump electrode formation process, a rewiring formation process, MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), and the like.
  • the present invention also relates to a method of forming a pattern using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention will be described.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is also described together with the description of the pattern formation method.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention is (I) forming a resist film (an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) on the support by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above (resist film-forming step) (Ii) exposing the resist film (irradiating with an actinic ray or radiation) (exposure step), and (Iii) developing the exposed resist film using a developer (developing step), Have.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the steps (i) to (iii), and may further include the following steps.
  • the exposure method in the exposure step may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) a preheating (PB: PreBake) step before (ii) the exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (v) a post exposure baking (PEB) step after (ii) the exposure step and (iii) before the development step.
  • PEB post exposure baking
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention may include (ii) multiple exposure steps.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention may include (iv) a preheating step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention may include (v) a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
  • the above-described (i) film formation step, (ii) exposure step, and (iii) development step can be carried out by generally known methods.
  • a resist underlayer film for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and an antireflective film
  • SOG Spin On Glass
  • SOC Spin On Carbon
  • an antireflective film may be formed between the resist film and the support.
  • a material which comprises a resist underlayer film well-known organic type or inorganic type material can be used suitably.
  • a protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film.
  • a well-known material can be used suitably as a protective film.
  • composition for protective film formation disclosed by US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 157988A can be suitably used.
  • a composition for protective film formation what contains the acid diffusion control agent mentioned above is preferable.
  • a protective film may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
  • the support is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a process of manufacturing a semiconductor such as an IC or a process of manufacturing a circuit substrate such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and other lithography processes of photofabrication.
  • a substrate can be used.
  • Specific examples of the support include inorganic substrates such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., and more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. in any of the (iv) pre-heating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in any of the (iv) pre-heating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure apparatus and the developing apparatus, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the light source wavelength used in the exposure step is not limited, and examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • far ultraviolet light is preferable, and its wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and still more preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), or an electron beam or the like
  • KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is preferred.
  • the developing solution may be either an alkali developing solution or a developing solution containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developing solution).
  • alkali developing solution quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide are used as the alkali developing solution, but in addition to this, alkaline aqueous solutions such as inorganic alkali, primary to tertiary amines, alcohol amines, and cyclic amines are also used. It is usable.
  • the alkali developer may contain an appropriate amount of an alcohol and / or a surfactant.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10-15.
  • the time for developing using an alkaline developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds.
  • the alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developer can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. Is preferred.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate and the like.
  • ester solvents for example, methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxy propionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, butyl lactate, butane And butyl acid, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
  • the solvents disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0715> to ⁇ 0718> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 A1 can be used.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, still more preferably less than 10% by mass, and most preferably 0% by mass to less than 5% by mass. It is particularly preferred not to
  • the content of the organic solvent to the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the developer. % Is particularly preferred.
  • the organic developer may contain an appropriate amount of a known surfactant, as necessary.
  • the content of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer may contain the acid diffusion control agent described above.
  • a developing method for example, a method of immersing the substrate in a bath filled with a developer for a certain time (dip method), a method of raising the developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and standing still for a certain time (paddle method) The method of spraying the developer on the surface (spray method) or the method of continuing to discharge the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method), etc. are mentioned.
  • alkali developing step The step of developing using an aqueous alkali solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined.
  • organic solvent developing step since pattern formation can be performed without dissolving only the region of intermediate exposure intensity, a finer pattern can be formed.
  • the rinse liquid used for the rinse process after the image development process using an alkaline developing solution can use a pure water, for example.
  • the pure water may contain an appropriate amount of surfactant.
  • a process of removing the developer or rinse solution adhering on the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added.
  • heat treatment may be performed to remove moisture remaining in the pattern after the rinse treatment or treatment with a supercritical fluid.
  • the rinse solution used for the rinse process after the development process using the developing solution containing an organic solvent does not have a restriction
  • the solution containing a common organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents is used. Is preferred. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon-based solvent, the ketone-based solvent, the ester-based solvent, the alcohol-based solvent, the amide-based solvent, and the ether-based solvent include the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
  • Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinse step include linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohol. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol.
  • Examples of the monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol. .
  • a plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed with an organic solvent other than the above. 10 mass% or less is preferable, 5 mass% or less is more preferable, and 3 mass% or less is still more preferable. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the rinse solution may contain an appropriate amount of surfactant.
  • the substrate subjected to development using an organic developer is washed using a rinse solution containing an organic solvent.
  • the method of cleaning treatment is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), and immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinse liquid for a fixed time Examples include a method (dip method) or a method of spraying a rinse liquid on a substrate surface (spray method). Above all, it is preferable to carry out cleaning treatment by spin coating, and after cleaning, rotate the substrate at a rotational speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm to remove the rinse solution from the substrate.
  • the heating step Post Bake
  • the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C.
  • the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention for example, resist solvent, developer, rinse solution, composition for forming an antireflective film, or It is preferable that the composition for top coat formation etc. does not contain impurities, such as a metal component, an isomer, and a residual monomer.
  • the content of these impurities contained in the various materials described above is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt or less, still more preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially not including it (the detection limit of the measuring device or less) Is particularly preferred.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and still more preferably 3 nm or less.
  • a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon is preferable.
  • the filter may be one previously washed with an organic solvent.
  • plural types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When multiple types of filters are used, filters with different pore sizes and / or different materials may be used in combination.
  • the various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step.
  • the filter one having a reduced elution product as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-201426) is preferable.
  • removal of impurities by adsorbent may be performed, and filter filtration and adsorbent may be used in combination.
  • a known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent.
  • an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used.
  • Examples of the metal adsorbent include those disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-206500 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-206500).
  • filter filtration is performed on the materials constituting the various materials, in which the material having a small metal content is selected as the materials constituting the various materials.
  • the inside of the apparatus may be lined with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like, and distillation may be carried out under conditions that minimize contamination as much as possible.
  • the glass lining in all steps of the manufacturing equipment for synthesizing various materials (resin and photoacid generator etc.) of the resist component in order to reduce impurities such as metal to the ppt order.
  • the preferable conditions in the filter filtration performed with respect to the raw material which comprises various materials are the same as the conditions mentioned above.
  • a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention.
  • a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern for example, a method of processing the pattern by plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957 can be mentioned.
  • Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-235468 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-2354608
  • US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297 Proc. of SPIE Vol.
  • a known method may be applied as described in 8328 83280 N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”.
  • the pattern formed by the above method is, for example, the spacer process disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1991-270227 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-270227) and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941. It can be used as a core material (Core).
  • the present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method described above.
  • the electronic device manufactured by the method of manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention is suitably installed in an electric / electronic device (for example, a home appliance, an office automation (OA) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, etc.) Be done.
  • an electric / electronic device for example, a home appliance, an office automation (OA) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, etc.
  • the present invention also relates to the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2).
  • the specific embodiments of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2) are as described above.
  • Table 1 shows the pKa of the acid generated from the above-mentioned acid generator (B) (compounds B1 to B10).
  • the measurement of pKa was performed by the method described above.
  • Synthesis Example 1 Synthesis of Compound C1 After ethyl 2-iodobenzoate (3.3 g) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) contained in a vessel, the internal temperature was cooled to -10.degree. Then, isopropylmagnesium chloride-lithium chloride complex (THF solution, 11.9 g) was added dropwise to the cooled mixture so that the internal temperature did not exceed 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at ⁇ 10 ° C. for 30 minutes (reaction liquid 1 ). After dissolving diphenyl sulfoxide (3.2 g) in THF (20 mL) contained in a vessel, the internal temperature was cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C.
  • reaction liquid 2 trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride
  • the obtained residue was purified by column to obtain a purified product.
  • the purified product obtained by the above step was dissolved in methylene chloride (16 mL), 0.2 N sodium hydroxide (16 mL) was further added, and the mixture was reacted at 40 ° C. for 4 hours.
  • the reaction solution obtained was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted five times with methylene chloride (15 mL), and then the solvent was evaporated.
  • the obtained solid was washed with diisopropyl ether (5 mL), the solvent was removed, and C1 (0.26 g) was obtained by drying.
  • Comparative acid diffusion control agent (D) The structures of comparative acid diffusion control agents (compounds D1 to D4) shown in Table 3 are shown below.
  • Table 2 shows the pKa of the acid generated from the compounds C1 to C24 and the pKa of the acid generated from the compounds D1 to D4. The measurement of pKa was performed by the method described above.
  • ⁇ Pattern formation 1 ArF immersion exposure, organic solvent development>
  • a composition ARC29SR manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • a composition ARC29SR for forming an organic antireflective film was coated on a silicon wafer and heated at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflective film with a film thickness of 95 nm.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples are coated on the obtained antireflective film, and heating (PB: Prebake) is performed at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resist film having a film thickness of 85 nm. Formed.
  • ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT 1700 i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.900, inner sigma 0.812, XY deflection) ) was exposed through a 6: 1 halftone mask with a 1: 1 line and space pattern of 44 nm line width.
  • Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid.
  • the resist film after exposure is heated at 105 ° C. for 60 seconds (PEB: Post Exposure Bake), and then developed with a negative developer (organic developer, butyl acetate) for 30 seconds by a paddle method, and A rinse solution (methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC)) was used to rinse by a paddle method for 30 seconds.
  • the silicon wafer was spin-dried at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to form a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 44 nm.
  • LWR performance (nm)> The obtained 44 nm 1: 1 line-and-space pattern was observed from the top of the pattern using a scanning electron microscope (S-8840, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). Under the present circumstances, 50 points of line widths were measured about the range of edge 2 micrometer of the longitudinal direction of a line pattern, and the standard deviation (3 (sigma)) was calculated about the measurement dispersion of the measured line widths. The smaller the value of the standard deviation (3 ⁇ ), the better the LWR performance is. In addition, evaluation of LWR performance was implemented based on the following five-step standard. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
  • ⁇ Pattern formation 2 ArF immersion exposure, organic solvent development>
  • An organic antireflective film ARC29SR (manufactured by Brewer) is coated on a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflective film having a film thickness of 98 nm, and the actinic ray of the example and comparative example is formed thereon.
  • a radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition was applied and baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 90 nm.
  • the wafer on which the resist film obtained by the above procedure is formed is exposed to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA (numerical aperture) 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.98, inner sigma 0.
  • a contact hole pattern of 45 nm in diameter was exposed through a 6% halftone mask using an X.Y. 89 polarization).
  • the amount of exposure to achieve the pattern size described above was taken as the optimum amount of exposure.
  • Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Thereafter, the PEB was heated at a temperature set at 90 ° C., and then developed for 30 seconds with an organic developer, butyl acetate, and spin-dried to obtain a hole pattern.
  • CDU performance (nm)> Within one shot exposed at the above optimum exposure (E opt ), the arbitrary 25 (ie, a total of 500) hole sizes are measured for each region in 20 regions with a distance of 1 ⁇ m. These standard deviations ( ⁇ ) were determined to calculate 3 ⁇ . The smaller the value is, the smaller the variation in size is, which indicates that the performance is good.
  • the CDU performance was evaluated based on the following five levels. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
  • the content (% by mass) of each component means the content relative to the total solid content.
  • “pKa (B)” corresponds to the pKa of the acid generated from the acid generator (B) (compounds B1 to B10) (the same as that listed in Table 1) .
  • “pKa (A1)” and “pKa (A2)” refer to the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) (compounds C1 to C24), and the comparative acid These correspond to the pKa of the acids generated from the diffusion control agents (compounds D1 to D4) (the same as those listed in Table 2).
  • Example 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - When -Y 1 , it was confirmed that both LWR and CDU of the formed pattern were superior.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the comparative example did not satisfy the desired requirements.

Abstract

Provided is an active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that can be used to form a pattern having excellent pattern line width roughness (LRW) and critical dimension uniformity (CDU). Also provided are a resist film that uses the active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern formation method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. A novel compound is also provided. The active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprises: a resin; an acid generating agent that generates an acid through irradiation with active light rays or radiation; and an acid diffusion control agent, the acid diffusion control agent including a compound expressed by the general formula (1).

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、化合物Actinic radiation sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing electronic device, compound
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び化合物に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, a method of manufacturing an electronic device, and a compound.
 従来、IC(Integrated Circuit、集積回路)及びLSI(Large Scale Integrated circuit、大規模集積回路)等の半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、化学増幅型レジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。 Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as integrated circuits (ICs) and large scale integrated circuits (LSIs), fine processing by lithography using a chemically amplified resist composition is performed. There is.
 例えば、特許文献1では、化学増幅型レジスト組成物を用いたパターン形成方法として、「(ア)下記(A)~(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜を形成する工程、
(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂、
(B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物、及び
(C)カチオン部位とアニオン部位を同一分子内に有し、かつ、該カチオン部位と該アニオン部位が共有結合によって連結している化合物
(イ)上記膜を露光する工程、及び
(ウ)上記露光された膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像してネガ型のパターンを形成する工程を有するパターン形成方法。」を開示している。また、上記特許文献1では、(C)成分として、下記2種のベタイン型化合物を開示している。
For example, in Patent Document 1, as a pattern forming method using a chemically amplified resist composition, a film is formed using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing (A) the following (A) to (C): Forming process,
(A) A resin in which the polarity is increased by the action of an acid to decrease the solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent,
(B) a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, and (C) having a cation site and an anion site in the same molecule, and the cation site and the anion site are covalently linked A method of forming a pattern, comprising the steps of: (1) exposing the film; and (2) developing the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent to form a negative pattern. Is disclosed. Moreover, in the said patent document 1, the following two types of betaine type compounds are disclosed as (C) component.
 上記(B)成分は、いわゆる酸発生剤であり、露光工程(工程(イ))の際に活性光線又は放射線の照射を受けて酸を発生する。この発生酸は、主として酸分解性樹脂(上記(A)成分)の脱保護反応に寄与する。 The component (B) is a so-called acid generator, and generates an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation in the exposure step (step (a)). The generated acid mainly contributes to the deprotection reaction of the acid-degradable resin (the component (A)).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
特開2014-170205号公報JP, 2014-170205, A
 本発明者らは、特許文献1を参照して、樹脂成分の脱保護反応(酸分解性樹脂の脱保護反応)を起こすため、又は樹脂成分の架橋反応を生起させるために通常用いられる酸発生剤(以下、「酸発生剤X」という。)と上記ベタイン型化合物とを含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製して検討したところ、上記ベタイン型化合物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射を受けると、酸発生剤Xから発生する酸よりも相対的に弱い酸を発生し、酸発生剤Xから発生する酸の未露光部分への拡散を制御する酸拡散制御剤(中和剤)として機能することを知見している。
 一方で、本発明者らは、上記ベタイン型化合物は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中において凝集体(例えば2量体)を形成し易く、系中に均一に分散されにくいことを明らかとした。この結果として、酸発生剤Xと上記ベタイン型化合物を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の膜(以下において「感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の膜」を「レジスト膜」ともいうこともある。)中では、上記ベタイン型化合物が不均一に存在することにより、露光工程の際に上記ベタイン型化合物による酸発生剤Xから発生する酸の拡散抑制(中和)が均一に進行せず、形成されるパターンは、パターン線幅の揺らぎ(LWR(line width roughness))及び面内均一性(CDU(critical dimension uniformity))が必ずしも十分ではないことを明らかとした。
The present inventors refer to Patent Document 1 and use acid generation generally used to cause a deprotection reaction of a resin component (a deprotection reaction of an acid-degradable resin) or to cause a crosslinking reaction of a resin component. And the betaine type compound were examined by preparing an actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition containing the agent (hereinafter referred to as "acid generator X") and the above betaine type compound. Of the acid generator X generates an acid which is relatively weaker than the acid generated from the acid generator X, and controls the diffusion of the acid generated from the acid generator X to the unexposed area (neutralization Have been known to function as
On the other hand, the present inventors have found that the above-mentioned betaine type compound easily forms aggregates (for example, dimers) in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and is difficult to be uniformly dispersed in the system. It became clear. As a result, a film of an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing an acid generator X and the above-mentioned betaine type compound (hereinafter, a "film of an actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition" In some cases, due to the non-uniform presence of the above-mentioned betaine type compound, the diffusion inhibition (neutralization) of the acid generated from the acid generator X by the above-mentioned betaine type compound during the exposure step is The pattern did not progress uniformly, and it was revealed that the formed pattern had not necessarily sufficient fluctuation in pattern line width (LWR (line width roughness)) and in-plane uniformity (CDU (critical dimension uniformity)).
 そこで、本発明は、パターン線幅の揺らぎ(LWR)及び面内均一性(CDU)に優れたパターンを形成し得る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、新規な化合物を提供することを課題とする。
Then, this invention makes it a subject to provide the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which can form the pattern excellent in the fluctuation | variation (LWR) of a pattern line width, and in-plane uniformity (CDU).
Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method of manufacturing an electronic device using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Another object of the present invention is to provide novel compounds.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を達成すべく鋭意検討した結果、酸発生剤と、酸拡散制御剤として一般式(1)で表される化合物と、を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によれば上記課題が解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。
 すなわち、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
As a result of intensive studies to achieve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have found that an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin containing an acid generator and a compound represented by the general formula (1) as an acid diffusion control agent. According to the composition, it was found that the above problems could be solved, and the present invention was completed.
That is, it discovered that the said subject was solvable by the following structures.
 〔1〕 樹脂と、
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する酸発生剤と、
 酸拡散制御剤と、を含み、
 上記酸拡散制御剤が、一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔2〕 上記一般式(1)で表される化合物が、一般式(2)で表される化合物である、〔1〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔3〕 一般式(2)中、R~Rが全て水素原子であるか、又は、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である、〔2〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔4〕 一般式(2)中、R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArの一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、
 Ar及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、又は、
 R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である、〔2〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔5〕 一般式(1)又は一般式(2)中、Aが、-L-CO 、又は-L-X-N-Yである、〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔6〕 L及びLが単結合である、〔5〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔7〕 〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜。
 〔8〕 〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、
 上記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、
 露光された上記レジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程と、を含む、パターン形成方法。
 〔9〕 〔8〕に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
 〔10〕 一般式(1)で表される化合物。
 〔11〕 一般式(2)で表される化合物。
 〔12〕 一般式(2)中、R~Rが全て水素原子であるか、又は、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である、〔11〕に記載の化合物。
 〔13〕 一般式(2)中、R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArの一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、
 Ar及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、又は、
 R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である、〔11〕に記載の化合物。
 〔14〕 一般式(1)又は一般式(2)中、Aが、-L-CO 、又は-L-X-N-Yである、〔10〕~〔13〕のいずれかに記載の化合物。
 〔15〕 L及びLが単結合である、〔14〕に記載の化合物。
[1] Resin,
An acid generator which generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation;
And an acid diffusion control agent,
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the acid diffusion control agent contains at least a compound represented by the general formula (1).
[2] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is a compound represented by the general formula (2).
[3] In the general formula (2), all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, or at least one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group, [2] The actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition as described in 4.
[4] In the general formula (2), all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, and one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group,
Or both of Ar 2 and Ar 3 are unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, or
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [2], wherein R 1 to R 4 are all hydrogen atoms, and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups. .
[5] In the general formula (1) or general formula (2), A 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - is -Y 1, [1] to [4 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of the above.
[6] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as described in [5], wherein L 1 and L 3 are a single bond.
[7] A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6].
[8] A resist film forming step of forming a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6];
An exposure step of exposing the resist film;
And b. Developing the exposed resist film with a developing solution.
[9] A method of manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern formation method according to [8].
[10] A compound represented by the general formula (1).
[11] A compound represented by the general formula (2).
[12] In the general formula (2), all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, or at least one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group, [11] The compound as described in.
[13] In the general formula (2), all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, and one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group,
Or both of Ar 2 and Ar 3 are unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, or
The compound according to [11], wherein all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups.
[14] General formula (1) or the general formula (2), A 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - is -Y 1, [10] - [13 ] The compound in any one of-.
[15] The compound according to [14], wherein L 1 and L 3 are a single bond.
 本発明によれば、パターン線幅の揺らぎ(LWR)及び面内均一性(CDU)に優れたパターンを形成し得る感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、新規な化合物を提供できる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern excellent in pattern line width fluctuation (LWR) and in-plane uniformity (CDU).
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and a method of manufacturing an electronic device using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Furthermore, according to the present invention, novel compounds can be provided.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に制限されない。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
Although the description of the configuration requirements described below may be made based on the representative embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, the term "actinic ray" or "radiation" refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams (EB). Means Electron Beam) and the like. By "light" herein is meant actinic radiation or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, the “exposure” in the present specification includes not only exposure by the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays, X rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams and Also includes drawing by particle beam such as ion beam.
In the present specification, “to” is used in the meaning including the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートを表す。
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう。)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
In the present specification, (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersion degree (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of a resin are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) devices (HLC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential It is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by a refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。 With respect to the notation of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, the notation not describing substitution and non-substitution also includes a group having a substituent as well as a group having no substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
 また、本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び、置換基の数は特に制限されない。置換基の数は例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基群Tから選択できる。
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基及びフェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ヘテロアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシ基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基;並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
Moreover, in the present specification, the type of substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of substituents when “it may have a substituent” is not particularly limited. The number of substituents may, for example, be one, two, three or more. Examples of the substituent may include monovalent nonmetal atomic groups other than hydrogen atoms, and may be selected, for example, from the following substituent group T.
(Substituent T)
As the substituent T, halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group; aryloxy groups such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and methoxalyl group Alkyl groups such as methylsulfanyl group and tert-butylsulfanyl group; arylsulfanyl groups such as phenylsulfanyl group and p-tolylsulfanyl group; alkyl group; cycloalkyl group Aryl group; heteroaryl group; hydroxyl group; carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamido group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; Arylamino groups; as well as combinations thereof.
〔感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物〕
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)は、樹脂と、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する酸発生剤(以下、「酸発生剤X」ともいう。)と、酸拡散制御剤と、を含み、上記酸拡散制御剤が、後述する一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも含む。
Actinic Ray-Sensitive or Radiation-Sensitive Resin Composition
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as "the composition of the present invention") comprises a resin and an acid generator which generates an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. Also referred to as “acid generator X”) and an acid diffusion control agent, the acid diffusion control agent at least includes a compound represented by General Formula (1) described later.
 本発明の特徴点としては、一般式(1)で表される化合物を酸拡散制御剤として含んでいる点が挙げられる。
 以下、一般式(1)で表される化合物の酸拡散制御剤としての作用機序を説明した後、一般式(1)で表される化合物の構造的特徴を述べる。
The feature of the present invention is that the compound represented by the general formula (1) is contained as an acid diffusion control agent.
Hereinafter, after describing the mechanism of action of the compound represented by the general formula (1) as an acid diffusion control agent, structural features of the compound represented by the general formula (1) will be described.
<一般式(1)で表される化合物の酸拡散制御剤としての作用機序>
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射を受けて酸を発生する。一般式(1)で表される化合物から発生する酸は、樹脂成分の脱保護反応(酸分解性樹脂の脱保護反応)を起こすため、又は樹脂成分の架橋反応を生起させるために通常用いられる酸発生剤(酸発生剤X)に対して相対的に弱酸となる。このため、露光時及び/又は露光後のレジスト膜系中では、酸発生剤Xにより発生する酸と、一般式(1)で表される化合物から発生する酸のアニオンとの見かけ上のプロトン交換反応が生じる。この結果として、酸発生剤Xにより発生する酸が中和され、酸発生剤Xから発生する酸の未露光部分への拡散が抑制される。
<Action Mechanism of Compound Represented by General Formula (1) as Acid Diffusion Control Agent>
The compound represented by the general formula (1) receives an actinic ray or radiation to generate an acid. An acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) is generally used to cause a deprotection reaction of a resin component (a deprotection reaction of an acid-degradable resin) or to cause a crosslinking reaction of a resin component. It becomes a weak acid relatively to the acid generator (acid generator X). For this reason, in the resist film system during and / or after exposure, apparent proton exchange between the acid generated by the acid generator X and the anion of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) A reaction occurs. As a result, the acid generator X neutralizes the acid generated, and the diffusion of the acid generated from the acid generator X to the unexposed area is suppressed.
<一般式(1)で表される化合物の構造的特徴>
 一般式(1)で表される化合物の構造的な特徴点としては、Aで表されるアニオン性基が、スルホニウムカチオンに結合するAr(芳香族炭化水素基)上のSと結合する炭素原子に対してオルト位に置換している点が挙げられる。
 本発明者らは、特許文献1に記載されたベタイン型化合物が感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中において凝集しやすい(2量体等の多量体を形成しやすい)原因が、ベタイン型化合物の分子内分極にあると推測している。より詳細には、上記ベタイン型化合物は、分子内の正電荷と負電荷が離れ過ぎており、電荷の中和のために他の分子と凝集すると考えている。
 これに対して一般式(1)で表される化合物は、Aで表されるアニオン性基とSで表される硫黄原子のカチオン部位とが構造的に近いため、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中において凝集しにくい。したがって、一般式(1)で表される化合物は、レジスト膜系中においても均一に分散されて存在する。この結果として、露光時及び/又は露光後のレジスト膜系中において、一般式(1)で表される化合物から発生する酸による酸発生剤Xから発生する酸の拡散抑制(中和)が、均一に進行すると推測している。
 上記作用機序により、本発明の組成物により形成されるパターンは、LWR性能及びCDU性能に優れる。
 なお、一般式(1)で表される化合物から発生する酸としては、下記一般式(1X)で表される酸及び下記一般式(1Y)で表される酸のいずれか1種以上であると推測している。つまり、その構造に依存して、下記一般式(1X)で表される酸が単独で発生するか、下記一般式(1Y)で表される酸が単独で発生するか、又は下記一般式(1X)で表される酸と下記一般式(1Y)で表される酸がいずれも発生すると推測される。
 なお、下記一般式(1X)及び下記一般式(1Y)中、Ar、Ar、Ar、及びAは、一般式(1)中のAr、Ar、Ar、及びAと同義である。
 一般式(1X):Ar-A-H
 一般式(1Y):Ar-S-Ar-Ar-A-H
<Structural Features of Compound Represented by General Formula (1)>
As a structural feature of the compound represented by the general formula (1), the anionic group represented by A 1 is bonded to S + on Ar 1 (aromatic hydrocarbon group) bonded to a sulfonium cation Point of substitution at the ortho position with respect to the carbon atom to be
The inventors of the present invention have found that the betaine type compound described in Patent Document 1 is apt to be aggregated in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (it is easy to form a multimer such as a dimer). It is presumed to be in the intramolecular polarization of the compound of type. More specifically, it is believed that the above-mentioned betaine type compound is separated from the positive charge and the negative charge in the molecule too much and is aggregated with other molecules for charge neutralization.
On the other hand, in the compound represented by the general formula (1), since the anionic group represented by A 1 and the cation site of the sulfur atom represented by S + are structurally close to each other, the actinic ray sensitivity or It is hard to aggregate in the radiation sensitive resin composition. Therefore, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is uniformly dispersed and present in the resist film system. As a result, the diffusion suppression (neutralization) of the acid generated from the acid generator X by the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) in the resist film system during and / or after the exposure is I speculate that it will progress uniformly.
With the above mechanism of action, the pattern formed by the composition of the present invention is excellent in LWR performance and CDU performance.
The acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) is any one or more of an acid represented by the following general formula (1X) and an acid represented by the following general formula (1Y) I guess. That is, depending on the structure thereof, an acid represented by the following general formula (1X) is generated alone, or an acid represented by the following general formula (1Y) is generated alone, or It is presumed that both the acid represented by 1X) and the acid represented by the following general formula (1Y) are generated.
Incidentally, in the following general formula (1X) and the following general formula (1Y), Ar 1, Ar 2, Ar 3, and A 1, Ar 1 in the formula (1), Ar 2, Ar 3, and A 1 It is synonymous with
General formula (1X): Ar 1 -A 1 -H
General formula (1Y): Ar 2 -S-Ar 3 -Ar 1 -A 1 -H
 なお、上述の点以外に、酸拡散制御剤がベタイン構造を有する点も、LWR性能及びCDU性能の向上に寄与していると推測される。一般式(1)で表される化合物と同様の酸拡散制御の作用機序(酸発生剤Xの中和の作用機序)を有する酸拡散制御剤として、例えば、トリフェニルスルホニウム塩等が公知であるが、これらの酸拡散制御剤を使用した場合と比べると、ベタイン構造の酸拡散制御剤を使用した場合、レジスト膜が可塑化しにくい。このため、現像の際に露光後のレジスト膜がムラのある溶け方をしにくく、結果として、LWR性能及びCDU性能の向上に寄与していると考えている。 In addition to the points described above, it is presumed that the acid diffusion control agent also has a betaine structure, which also contributes to the improvement of LWR performance and CDU performance. As an acid diffusion controller having an acid diffusion control mechanism (action mechanism of acid generator X neutralization) similar to that of the compound represented by the general formula (1), for example, triphenylsulfonium salt etc. are known However, in comparison with the case where these acid diffusion control agents are used, the resist film is less likely to be plasticized when the acid diffusion control agent having a betaine structure is used. For this reason, it is considered that the resist film after exposure is difficult to be dissolved unevenly at the time of development, and as a result, it contributes to the improvement of LWR performance and CDU performance.
 以下、本発明の組成物に含まれる成分について詳述する。なお、本発明の組成物は、いわゆるレジスト組成物であり、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。また、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
Hereinafter, the components contained in the composition of the present invention will be described in detail. The composition of the present invention is a so-called resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
<樹脂(A)>
 本発明の組成物は、樹脂(以下、「樹脂(A)」ともいう。)を含む。
 樹脂(A)としては、例えば、樹脂(AX1)、及び、樹脂(AX2)等を使用でき、なかでも、樹脂(AX1)が好ましい。
<Resin (A)>
The composition of the present invention contains a resin (hereinafter, also referred to as “resin (A)”).
As resin (A), resin (AX1), resin (AX2) etc. can be used, for example, Especially, resin (AX1) is preferable.
(樹脂(AX1))
 樹脂(AX1)は、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう。)を有する樹脂(以下、「酸分解性樹脂」ともいう。)である。
 本発明の組成物が樹脂(AX1)を含む場合、形成されるパターンとしては、通常、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用したときはポジ型パターンとなり、現像液として有機系現像液を採用したときはネガ型パターンとなる。
(Resin (AX1))
The resin (AX1) is a resin (hereinafter, also referred to as an “acid-degradable resin”) having a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase the polarity (hereinafter, also referred to as “acid-degradable group”).
When the composition of the present invention contains a resin (AX1), the pattern to be formed is usually a positive pattern when an alkaline developer is employed as a developer, and an organic developer is employed as a developer. Becomes a negative pattern.
 樹脂(AX1)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid decomposable group.
 樹脂(AX1)としては、公知の樹脂を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0055>~<0191>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0035>~<0085>、及び米国特許出願公開2016/0147150A1号明細書の段落<0045>~<0090>に開示された公知の樹脂を樹脂(AX1)として好適に使用できる。 A well-known resin can be used suitably as resin (AX1). For example, paragraphs <0055> to <0191> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0274458A1, paragraphs <0035> to <0085> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0147150A1. Known resins disclosed in paragraphs <0045> to <0090> of the specification can be suitably used as the resin (AX1).
 酸分解性基は、極性基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、及び、アルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
The acid-degradable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) which is decomposed and eliminated by the action of acid.
As a polar group, a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonyl imide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, (alkyl sulfonyl) (alkyl carbonyl) imide group , Bis (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkyl sulfonyl) methylene group Acid groups (groups dissociable in 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), and alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子等の電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基等)は除く。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKa(酸解離定数)が12以上20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。 The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group, and is a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxyl group) bonded directly to an aromatic ring, and an electron attractive group such as a fluorine atom at the α position as a hydroxyl group. Excludes aliphatic alcohols substituted with sex groups (eg, hexafluoroisopropanol group etc.). The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
 好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、及びスルホン酸基が挙げられる。 Preferred polar groups include carboxy group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol group), and sulfonic acid group.
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で置換した基である。
 酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、及び-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等が挙げられる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
A preferred group as the acid-degradable group is a group obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom of these groups with a group (leaving group) which is released by the action of an acid.
As the group (leaving group) capable of leaving by the action of an acid, e.g., -C (R 36) (R 37) (R 38), - C (R 36) (R 37) (OR 39), and - C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
In the formula, each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
Each of R 01 and R 02 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 R36~R39、R01、及びR02で表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、及びオクチル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02で表されるシクロアルキル基としては、単環でも、多環でもよい。単環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等が挙げられる。多環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、及びアンドロスタニル基等が挙げられる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の少なくとも1つの炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02で表されるアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02で表されるアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、及びナフチルメチル基等が挙げられる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02で表されるアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、及びシクロへキセニル基等が挙げられる。
 R36とR37とが互いに結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環)であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 8, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group and a sec- A butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group etc. are mentioned.
The cycloalkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 8, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. The polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20, and examples thereof include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an α-pinel group and a tricyclodecanyl group, Tetracyclododecyl group, and androstanyl group etc. are mentioned. In addition, at least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted by a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The aryl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 10, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 12, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
The alkenyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 8, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group. .
The ring formed by bonding R 36 and R 37 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). The cycloalkyl group is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and an adamantyl group. .
 酸分解性基として、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、又は第3級のアルキルエステル基等が好ましく、アセタール基、又は第3級アルキルエステル基がより好ましい。 As the acid-degradable group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, or a tertiary alkyl ester group is preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
 樹脂(AX1)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as a repeating unit having an acid decomposable group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(AI)において、
 Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 Rx~Rxのいずれか2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、形成しなくてもよい。
In the general formula (AI),
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Each of Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be combined to form a ring structure or may not be formed.
 Tで表される2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-COO-Rt-、及び-O-Rt-等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はアリーレン基を表す。
 Tは、単結合、又は-COO-Rt-が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5の鎖状アルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-、-(CH-、又は-(CH-がより好ましい。
 Tとしては、単結合であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group represented by T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, -COO-Rt-, and -O-Rt-. In formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an arylene group.
T is preferably a single bond or -COO-Rt-. Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably -CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 2- or-(CH 2 ) 3- .
As T, a single bond is more preferable.
 Xaは、水素原子、又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Xaで表されるアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、及びハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 Xaで表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、及びトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられる。Xaのアルキル基としては、メチル基であることが好ましい。
Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group represented by Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
The alkyl group represented by Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group and a trifluoromethyl group. The alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
 Rx、Rx及びRxで表されるアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rx、Rx、及びRxで表されるアルキル基は、炭素間結合の一部が二重結合であってもよい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxで表されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, n- Preferred is a butyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3. In the alkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , a part of carbon-carbon bonds may be a double bond.
As a cycloalkyl group represented by Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group or norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as an adamantyl group are preferred.
 Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、シクロヘプチル環、及びシクロオクタン環等の単環のシクロアルカン環、又はノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、及びアダマンタン環等の多環のシクロアルキル環が好ましい。なかでも、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、又はアダマンタン環がより好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、下記に示す構造も好ましい。 The ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 includes a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, or a norbornane ring, a tetracyclo ring Polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as decane ring, tetracyclododecane ring and adamantane ring are preferred. Among them, a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring or an adamantane ring is more preferable. As a ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , a structure shown below is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 以下に一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に制限されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(AI)におけるXaがメチル基である場合に相当するが、Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換できる。 Although the specific example of the monomer corresponded to the repeating unit represented by general formula (AI) below is given, this invention is not restrict | limited to these specific examples. The following specific example corresponds to the case where Xa 1 in General Formula (AI) is a methyl group, but Xa 1 can be optionally substituted with a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 樹脂(AX1)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0336>~<0369>に記載の繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin (AX1) have, as a repeating unit having an acid degradable group, the repeating units described in paragraphs <0336> to <0369> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1.
 また、樹脂(AX1)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0363>~<0364>に記載された酸の作用により分解してアルコール性水酸基を生じる基を含む繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 In addition, the resin (AX1) is decomposed by the action of the acid described in paragraphs <0363> to <0364> of US Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1 as a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group to be alcoholic. You may have a repeating unit containing the group which produces a hydroxyl group.
 樹脂(AX1)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin (AX1) may contain a single type of repeating unit having an acid-degradable group, or may contain two or more types in combination.
 樹脂(AX1)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(AX1)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%が好ましく、20~80モル%がより好ましく、30~70モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of repeating units having an acid decomposable group contained in the resin (AX1) (the total of the repeating units having an acid degradable group, in the case where there are a plurality of repeating units having an acid degradable group) 10 to 90 mol% is preferable, 20 to 80 mol% is more preferable, and 30 to 70 mol% is more preferable.
 樹脂(AX1)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればよく、5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又は、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環スルトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、がより好ましい。
 樹脂(AX1)は、下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は、下記一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することが更に好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましい構造としては、一般式(LC1-1)、一般式(LC1-4)、一般式(LC1-5)、一般式(LC1-8)、一般式(LC1-16)、若しくは一般式(LC1-21)で表されるラクトン構造、又は、一般式(SL1-1)で表されるスルトン構造が挙げられる。
The lactone structure or sultone structure may have a lactone structure or a sultone structure, and a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure is preferable. Among them, those in which another ring structure is fused to a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure, or a 5- to 7-membered ring in a form to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure More preferred are those in which other ring structures are fused to a sultone structure.
The resin (AX1) has a lactone structure represented by any one of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or any one of the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) It is further preferable to have a repeating unit having a sultone structure represented. Also, a lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred structures include general formula (LC1-1), general formula (LC1-4), general formula (LC1-5), general formula (LC1-8), general formula (LC1-16), or general formula (LC1) And lactone structures represented by the formula -21) or sultone structures represented by the general formula (SL1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していても、有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基等が挙げられ、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、又は酸分解性基が好ましい。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure moiety or the sultone structure moiety may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred examples of the substituent (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxy group And a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an acid decomposable group and the like, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group or an acid decomposable group is preferable. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4; When n 2 is 2 or more, plural substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Moreover, two or more substituents (Rb 2 ) may be combined to form a ring.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 上記一般式(III)中、
 Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。
 nは、-R-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~5の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。nが0である場合、-R-Z-は存在せず、単結合となる。
 Rは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。Rが複数個ある場合、Rは、各々独立に、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。
 Zは、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。Zが複数個ある場合には、Zは、各々独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。
 Rは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
In the above general formula (III),
A represents an ester bond (a group represented by -COO-) or an amide bond (a group represented by -CONH-).
n is the number of repetition of the structure represented by -R 0 -Z- and represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, -R 0 -Z- is absent, resulting in a single bond.
R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. If R 0 is plural, R 0 each independently represents a alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond. When there are a plurality of Z, each Z independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
 Rのアルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基は置換基を有してもよい。
 Zとしては、エーテル結合、又はエステル結合が好ましく、エステル結合がより好ましい。
The alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
As Z, an ether bond or an ester bond is preferable, and an ester bond is more preferable.
 樹脂(AX1)は、カーボネート構造を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。カーボネート構造は、環状炭酸エステル構造であることが好ましい。
 環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
The resin (AX1) may have a repeating unit having a carbonate structure. The carbonate structure is preferably a cyclic carbonate structure.
The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(A-1)中、R は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
 nは0以上の整数を表す。
 R は、置換基を表す。nが2以上の場合、R は、各々独立して、置換基を表す。
 Aは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環構造又は多環構造を形成する原子団を表す。
In general formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
n represents an integer of 0 or more.
R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, R A 2 independently represents a substituent.
A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z represents an atomic group which forms a monocyclic or polycyclic structure with a group represented by —O—C (OO) —O— in the formula.
 樹脂(AX1)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0370>~<0414>に記載の繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。 The resin (AX1) is a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure as described in paragraphs <0370> to <0414> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. It is also preferred to have the repeating unit described in
 樹脂(AX1)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。 The resin (AX1) may have, alone, a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, and has two or more in combination. It may be
 以下に一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例、及び一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に制限されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(III)におけるR及び一般式(A-1)におけるR がメチル基である場合に相当するが、R及びR は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換できる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) and specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A-1) will be given below. It is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific examples correspond to the case where R 7 in the general formula (III) and R A 1 in the general formula (A-1) are a methyl group, but R 7 and R A 1 are a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom Or a monovalent organic group may optionally be substituted.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記モノマーの他に、下記に示すモノマーも樹脂(AX1)の原料として好適に用いられる。 In addition to the above monomers, the following monomers are also suitably used as a raw material of the resin (AX1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 樹脂(AX1)に含まれるラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(AX1)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~70モル%が好ましく、10~65モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。 Content of repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of lactone structure, sultone structure, and carbonate structure contained in resin (AX1) (selected from the group consisting of lactone structure, sultone structure, and carbonate structure 5 to 70 mol% is preferable with respect to all the repeating units in resin (AX1), and, when two or more repeating units which have at least 1 sort exist are two or more, 10 to 65 mol% is more preferable, and 20 to 60 mol% is more preferred.
 樹脂(AX1)は、極性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、水酸基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、及びフッ素化アルコール基等が挙げられる。
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、極性基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位が好ましい。また、極性基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。極性基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造における、脂環炭化水素構造としては、アダマンチル基、又はノルボルナン基が好ましい。
The resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit having a polar group.
Examples of the polar group include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, and a fluorinated alcohol group.
The repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group. Moreover, it is preferable that the repeating unit which has a polar group does not have an acid degradable group. As an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted by the polar group, an adamantyl group or a norbornane group is preferable.
 以下に極性基を有する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に制限されない。 Although the specific example of the monomer corresponded to the repeating unit which has a polar group below is given, this invention is not restrict | limited to these specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000015
 この他にも、極性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0415>~<0433>に開示された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂(AX1)は、極性基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(AX1)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~50モル%が好ましく、5~48モル%がより好ましく、10~25モル%が更に好ましい。
Other specific examples of the repeating unit having a polar group include the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs <0415> to <0433> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1.
The resin (AX1) may have a repeating unit having a polar group singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably 5 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 48 mol%, still more preferably 10 to 25 mol%, relative to all the repeating units in the resin (AX1).
 樹脂(AX1)は、更に、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位は、脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0026083A1号明細書の段落<0236>~<0237>に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。 The resin (AX1) may further have a repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group. It is preferable that the repeating unit which does not have any of an acid-degradable group and a polar group has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid degradable group nor a polar group include the repeating units described in paragraphs <0236> to <0237> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0026083A1. Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 この他にも、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0433>に開示された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂(AX1)は、酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてもよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。
 酸分解性基及び極性基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(AX1)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~40モル%が好ましく、5~30モル%がより好ましく、5~25モル%が更に好ましい。
Other specific examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid degradable group nor a polar group include the repeating units disclosed in paragraph <0433> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 A1. .
The resin (AX1) may have a single type of repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a polar group, and may have two or more types in combination.
The content of the repeating unit having neither an acid decomposable group nor a polar group is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin (AX1). 5 to 25 mol% is more preferred.
 樹脂(AX1)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、又は、更にレジストの一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、及び、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有していてもよい。
 このような繰り返し構造単位としては、所定の単量体に相当する繰り返し構造単位を挙げることができるが、これらに制限されない。
The resin (AX1) has, besides the above-mentioned repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, or resolution, heat resistance, which are generally necessary characteristics of the resist, and You may have various repeating structural units in order to adjust a sensitivity etc.
Examples of such repeating structural units include, but not limited to, repeating structural units corresponding to a predetermined monomer.
 所定の単量体としては、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、及びビニルエステル類等から選ばれる付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等が挙げられる。
 その他にも、上記種々の繰り返し構造単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物を用いてもよい。
 樹脂(AX1)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比は、種々の性能を調節するために適宜設定される。
The predetermined monomer has, for example, one addition polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters and the like. Compounds etc. may be mentioned.
In addition, addition polymerizable unsaturated compounds copolymerizable with the monomers corresponding to the above-mentioned various repeating structural units may be used.
In the resin (AX1), the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is appropriately set to adjust various performances.
 本発明の組成物がArF露光用であるとき、ArF光の透過性の観点から、樹脂(AX1)は実質的には芳香族基を有さないことが好ましい。より具体的には、樹脂(AX1)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位が5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位を有さないことが更に好ましい。また、樹脂(AX1)は単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is for ArF exposure, it is preferable that the resin (AX1) substantially does not have an aromatic group from the viewpoint of ArF light transmittance. More specifically, the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, based on all the repeating units in the resin (AX1), and ideally It is more preferable that the monomer have 0 mol%, that is, it does not have a repeating unit having an aromatic group. In addition, the resin (AX1) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
 樹脂(AX1)は、繰り返し単位の全てが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されることが好ましい。この場合、繰り返し単位の全てがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位の全てがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位の全てがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が樹脂(AX1)の全繰り返し単位に対して50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 In the resin (AX1), it is preferable that all of the repeating units be composed of (meth) acrylate repeating units. In this case, all repeating units may be methacrylate repeating units, all repeating units may be acrylate repeating units, and all repeating units may be methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units. Although it can be used, it is preferable that an acrylate-type repeating unit is 50 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units of resin (AX1).
 本発明の組成物がKrF露光用、EB露光用又はEUV露光用であるとき、樹脂(AX1)は芳香族炭化水素環基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。樹脂(AX1)がフェノール性水酸基を含む繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。フェノール性水酸基を含む繰り返し単位としては、ヒドロキシスチレン繰り返し単位、又はヒドロキシスチレン(メタ)アクリレート繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 本発明の組成物がKrF露光用、EB露光用又はEUV露光用であるとき、樹脂(AX1)は、フェノール性水酸基の水素原子が酸の作用により分解して脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 樹脂(AX1)に含まれる芳香族炭化水素環基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(AX1)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、30~100モル%が好ましく、40~100モル%がより好ましく、50~100モル%が更に好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention is for KrF exposure, EB exposure or EUV exposure, the resin (AX1) preferably has a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. More preferably, the resin (AX1) has a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group. As a repeating unit containing a phenolic hydroxyl group, a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth) acrylate repeating unit is mentioned.
When the composition of the present invention is for KrF exposure, EB exposure or EUV exposure, the resin (AX1) is a group from which hydrogen atoms of phenolic hydroxyl groups are decomposed and released by the action of acid (leaving group) It is preferable to have a structure protected by
The content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group contained in the resin (AX1) is preferably 30 to 100 mol%, more preferably 40 to 100 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin (AX1). Preferably, 50 to 100 mol% is more preferable.
 樹脂(AX1)の重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、2,000~20,000がより好ましく、3,000~20,000が更に好ましい。分散度(Mw/Mn)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、1.0~2.6が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましく、1.1~2.0が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin (AX1) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, and still more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. The dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and still more preferably 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
 樹脂(AX1)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物中、樹脂(AX1)の含有量は、全固形分中に対して、一般的に20.0質量%以上の場合が多く、40.0質量%以上が好ましく、60.0質量%以上がより好ましく、80.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99.5質量%以下が好ましく、99.0質量%以下がより好ましく、97.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
As the resin (AX1), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin (AX1) is generally 20.0% by mass or more in many cases, preferably 40.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content. % By mass or more is more preferable, and 80.0% by mass or more is even more preferable. Although an upper limit in particular is not restrict | limited, 99.5 mass% or less is preferable, 99.0 mass% or less is more preferable, 97.0 mass% or less is still more preferable.
(樹脂(AX2))
 樹脂(AX2)は、フェノール性水酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂である。
 なお、本発明の組成物が樹脂(AX2)を含む場合、本発明の組成物は、樹脂(AX2)とともに、後述する架橋剤(G)を含む。なお、架橋剤(G)は、樹脂(AX2)に担持された形態であってもよい。
 本発明の組成物が樹脂(AX2)を含む場合、形成されるパターンは、通常、ネガ型パターンとなる。
 樹脂(AX2)としては、なかでも、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。また、樹脂(AX2)は、前述した酸分解性基を有していてもよい。
(Resin (AX2))
The resin (AX2) is an alkali-soluble resin having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
In addition, when the composition of this invention contains resin (AX2), the composition of this invention contains the crosslinking agent (G) mentioned later with resin (AX2). The crosslinking agent (G) may be in the form of being supported by the resin (AX2).
When the composition of the present invention contains a resin (AX2), the formed pattern is usually a negative pattern.
Among them, as the resin (AX2), it is preferable to have a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group. In addition, the resin (AX2) may have the acid-degradable group described above.
 樹脂(AX2)が有するフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As a repeating unit which has a phenolic hydroxyl group which resin (AX2) has, the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(II)中、
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくはメチル基)、又はハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)を表す。
 B’は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Ar’は、芳香環基を表す。
 mは1以上の整数を表す。
In general formula (II),
R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), or a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
B 'represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar 'represents an aromatic ring group.
m represents an integer of 1 or more.
 B’で表される2価の連結基としては、一般式(AI)中のTと同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 Ar’で表される芳香環基としては、ベンゼン環が好ましい。
 mは、1以上の整数であれば特に制限されないが、例えば、1~4が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1又は2が更に好ましい。
As a bivalent coupling group represented by B ', it is synonymous with T in General formula (AI), and its preferable aspect is also the same.
As an aromatic ring group represented by Ar ', a benzene ring is preferable.
Although m is not particularly limited as long as it is an integer of 1 or more, for example, 1 to 4 is preferable, 1 to 3 is more preferable, and 1 or 2 is more preferable.
 樹脂(AX2)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物の全固形分中の樹脂(AX2)の含有量は、一般的に30質量%以上である場合が多く、40質量%以上が好ましく、50質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99質量%以下が好ましく、90質量%以下がより好ましく、85質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 樹脂(AX2)としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0282720A1号明細書の段落<0142>~<0347>に開示された樹脂を好適に挙げられる。
Resin (AX2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the resin (AX2) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is generally 30% by mass or more in many cases, preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. Although the upper limit in particular is not restrict | limited, 99 mass% or less is preferable, 90 mass% or less is more preferable, and 85 mass% or less is still more preferable.
Preferred examples of the resin (AX2) include the resins disclosed in paragraphs <0142> to <0347> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0282720 A1.
 本発明の組成物は、樹脂(AX1)と樹脂(AX2)の両方を含んでいてもよい。 The composition of the present invention may contain both resin (AX1) and resin (AX2).
<酸発生剤(B)>
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(以下、「酸発生剤(B)」ともいう。)を含む。
 なお、ここでいう酸発生剤(B)は、樹脂成分の脱保護反応(酸分解性樹脂の脱保護反応)を起こすため、又は樹脂成分の架橋反応を生起させるために通常用いられる酸発生剤(上述した酸発生剤X)が該当し、酸発生剤(B)には、上述の一般式(1)で表される化合物は含まれない。
 酸発生剤(B)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。例えば、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、ジアゾジスルホン化合物、ジスルホン化合物、及びo-ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。
<Acid Generator (B)>
The composition of the present invention contains a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as "acid generator (B)").
The acid generator (B) mentioned here is an acid generator generally used to cause a deprotecting reaction of a resin component (a deprotecting reaction of an acid-degradable resin) or to cause a crosslinking reaction of a resin component. (The acid generator X mentioned above corresponds, and the compound represented by above-mentioned General formula (1) is not contained in an acid generator (B).
As the acid generator (B), a compound capable of generating an organic acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation is preferable. Examples include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imidosulfonate compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds.
 酸発生剤(B)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0125>~<0319>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0086>~<0094>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0323>~<0402>に開示された公知の化合物を酸発生剤(B)として好適に使用できる。 As the acid generator (B), known compounds capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof. For example, paragraphs <0125> to <0319> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1; paragraphs <0086> to <0094> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015/0004544 A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0323> to <0402> of the specification of 237190 A1 can be suitably used as the acid generator (B).
 酸発生剤(B)としては、例えば、下記一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)、又は一般式(ZIII)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the acid generator (B), for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII), or general formula (ZIII) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、1~20が好ましい。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、及びペンチレン基等)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
In the above general formula (ZI),
Each of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 independently represents an organic group.
The carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
In addition, two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. As a group formed by two members out of R 201 to R 203 , an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group, a pentylene group and the like), and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 — are It can be mentioned.
Z - represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI)におけるカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する化合物(ZI-1)、化合物(ZI-2)、化合物(ZI-3)、及び化合物(ZI-4)における対応する基が挙げられる。
 なお、酸発生剤(B)は、一般式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、一般式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、一般式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。
Preferred embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include the corresponding groups in the compound (ZI-1), the compound (ZI-2), the compound (ZI-3) and the compound (ZI-4) described later. Be
The acid generator (B) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI) is a single bond Alternatively, it may be a compound having a structure bonded via a linking group.
 まず、化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-1)は、上記一般式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物が挙げられる。
First, the compound (ZI-1) will be described.
The compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an arylsulfonium as a cation.
In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of arylsulfonium compounds include triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物に含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom or the like. As the heterocyclic structure, pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, benzothiophene residue and the like can be mentioned. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium compound optionally has is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 15 carbon atoms. Preferred examples of the cycloalkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group and cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203で表されるアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、又はフェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。 The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 are each independently an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group It may have (for example, 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
 次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基が更に好ましい。
Next, the compound (ZI-2) will be described.
The compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which each of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Each of R201 to R203 independently is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group. A carbonylmethyl group is more preferable, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is more preferable.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R201 to R203, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 10 (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group) is preferable.
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted by a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a nitro group.
 次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-3)は、下記一般式(ZI-3)で表され、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。
Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be described.
The compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 一般式(ZI-3)中、
 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基又はビニル基を表す。
In the general formula (ZI-3),
Each of R 1c to R 5c independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group. , A nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
Each of R x and R y independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、各々独立に酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環構造としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y respectively combine to form a ring structure Each of the ring structures may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic fused ring in which two or more of these rings are combined. The ring structure includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基、及びペンチレン基等が挙げられる。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
 Zcは、アニオンを表す。
Examples of the group formed by bonding any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. As an alkylene group, a methylene group, ethylene group, etc. are mentioned.
Zc - represents an anion.
 次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される。
Next, the compound (ZI-4) will be described.
The compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 一般式(ZI-4)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
In the general formula (ZI-4),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2;
r represents an integer of 0 to 8;
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent.
R 14 represents a group having a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. These groups may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 14 's , they each independently represent the above-mentioned group such as a hydroxyl group.
Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 s may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 bonds to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one aspect, it is preferable that two R 15 be an alkylene group and bond to each other to form a ring structure.
Z - represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14及びR15で表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状である。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (ZI-4), the alkyl group represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 is linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group or a t-butyl group.
 次に、一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)について説明する。
 一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)中、R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204~R207で表されるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207で表されるアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204~R207で表されるアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基等)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基等)が好ましい。
Next, general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.
In formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), each of R 204 to R 207 independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 , a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, A propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group and the like) or a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 10 (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group and the like) is preferable.
 R204~R207で表されるアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207で表されるアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which may be possessed by the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon And an aryl group (for example, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
Z - represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記一般式(3)で表されるアニオンが好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - as the following general formula (3) The anions represented are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(3)中、
 oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。
In general formula (3),
o represents an integer of 1 to 3; p represents an integer of 0 to 10. q represents an integer of 0 to 10;
 Xfは、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCFであることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The carbon number of this alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4. Moreover, as an alkyl group substituted by at least one fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf be a fluorine atom.
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。R及びRが複数存在する場合、R及びRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 R及びRで表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。R及びRは、好ましくは水素原子である。
 少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例及び好適な態様は一般式(3)中のXfの具体例及び好適な態様と同じである。
Each of R 4 and R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
The alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in the general formula (3).
 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、Lは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-、又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、又は-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。
L represents a divalent linking group. When a plurality of L are present, L may be the same or different.
Examples of the divalent linking group include, for example, -COO-(-C (= O) -O-), -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-,- SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 15), an alkenylene group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 6) Examples thereof include combined divalent linking groups and the like. Among them, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - NHCO -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, - OCO- alkylene group -, - CONH- alkylene group -, or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
 Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。これらの中でも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。
 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Among these, a cyclic organic group is preferable.
As a cyclic organic group, an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group are mentioned, for example.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. As a monocyclic alicyclic group, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups, such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group, are mentioned, for example. Examples of polycyclic alicyclic groups include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. Among them, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable.
 アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基、及びアントリル基が挙げられる。
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環、及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、前述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthryl group, and anthryl group.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of the acid more. The heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. The hetero ring having no aromaticity includes, for example, tetrahydropyran ring, lactone ring, sultone ring, and decahydroisoquinoline ring. Examples of lactone ring and sultone ring include lactone structure and sultone structure exemplified in the above-mentioned resin. As a heterocycle in the heterocycle group, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、及び、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. As this substituent, for example, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched and having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic, and spirocyclic) Any of them, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aryl (preferably having 6 to 14 carbons), hydroxyl, alkoxy, ester, amide, urethane, ureido, thioether, sulfonamide And sulfonate ester groups. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be carbonyl carbon.
 一般式(3)で表されるアニオンとしては、SO -CF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CHF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-COO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CF-CH-CH-(L)q-W、又は、SO -CF-CH(CF)-OCO-(L)q’-Wが好ましい。ここで、L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。 As the anion represented by the general formula (3), SO 3 -- CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 -- CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L) q-W, or, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH (CF 3 ) -OCO- (L) q'-W is preferred. Here, L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3). q 'represents an integer of 0 to 10;
 一態様において、一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記の一般式(4)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。 In one embodiment, Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - as is generally the following The anion represented by Formula (4) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(4)中、
 XB1及びXB2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基を表す。XB1及びXB2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 XB3及びXB4は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。XB3及びXB4の少なくとも一方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることが好ましく、XB3及びXB4の両方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。XB3及びXB4の両方が、フッ素で置換されたアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
 L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。
In general formula (4),
Each of X B1 and X B2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Each of X B3 and X B4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and both of X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom Is more preferred. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine-substituted alkyl group.
L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記一般式(5)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - as the following general formula (5) The anions represented are also preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 一般式(5)において、Xaは、各々独立に、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。Xbは、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない有機基を表す。o、p、q、R、R、L、及びWの定義及び好ましい態様は、一般式(3)と同様である。 In General Formula (5), each Xa independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Each Xb independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having no fluorine atom. The definitions and preferred embodiments of o, p, q, R 4 , R 5 , L and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZは、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであってもよく、分岐鎖状アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基によって置換されたベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion Preferably, it is a benzenesulfonic acid anion substituted by a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記の一般式(SA1)で表される芳香族スルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。 Z in the general formula (ZI) -, the formula Z in (ZII) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) - Z in, and the general formula (ZI-4) - The following general formula (SA1) The aromatic sulfonate anion represented by is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(SA1)中、
 Arは、アリール基を表し、スルホン酸アニオン及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を更に有していてもよい。更に有してもよい置換基としては、フッ素原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。
In the formula (SA1),
Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonate anion and a-(D-B) group. Examples of the substituent which may further have include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
 nは、0以上の整数を表す。nとしては、1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、3が更に好ましい。 N represents an integer of 0 or more. As n, 1 to 4 is preferable, 2 to 3 is more preferable, and 3 is more preferable.
 Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、カルボニル基、スルホキシド基、スルホン基、スルホン酸エステル基、エステル基、及び、これらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられる。 D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.
 Bは、炭化水素基を表す。 B represents a hydrocarbon group.
 Dは単結合であり、Bは脂肪族炭化水素構造であることが好ましい。Bは、イソプロピル基又はシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。 Preferably, D is a single bond, and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure. B is more preferably isopropyl or cyclohexyl.
 一般式(ZI)におけるスルホニウムカチオン、及び一般式(ZII)におけるヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation in the general formula (ZII) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 一般式(ZI)におけるアニオンZ、一般式(ZII)におけるアニオンZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Generally the anion Z in formula (ZI) -, the anion in the general formula (ZII) Z -, Zc in formula (ZI-3) -, and the general formula Z in (ZI-4) - shows the preferred embodiment below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 上記のカチオン及びアニオンを任意に組みわせて酸発生剤(B)として使用できる。 The above-mentioned cations and anions can be optionally combined and used as an acid generator (B).
 酸発生剤(B)は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
 酸発生剤(B)は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 酸発生剤(B)が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下が更に好ましい。
 酸発生剤(B)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 酸発生剤(B)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 組成物中、酸発生剤(B)の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~20.0質量%が好ましく、0.5~15.0質量%がより好ましく、1.0~15.0質量%が更に好ましい。
 酸発生剤として、上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含む場合、組成物中に含まれる酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、5~35質量%が好ましく、7~30質量%がより好ましい。
The acid generator (B) may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound, or may be in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer. Also, the form of the low molecular weight compound and the form incorporated into a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
The acid generator (B) is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
When the acid generator (B) is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and still more preferably 1,000 or less.
When the acid generator (B) is in the form of being incorporated into a part of a polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A) described above, and is incorporated into a resin different from the resin (A) It is also good.
The acid generator (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In the composition, the content of the acid generator (B) (the total of two or more kinds thereof) is preferably 0.1 to 20.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, 0.5 -15.0% by mass is more preferable, and 1.0-15.0% by mass is more preferable.
When the compound represented by the above general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) is contained as the acid generator, the content of the acid generator contained in the composition (if there is more than one, the total amount thereof) Is preferably 5 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 7 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
 また、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸発生剤(B)が分解して発生する酸の酸解離定数pKaとしては、後述する一般式(1)で表される化合物から発生する酸のpKaよりも小さいことが好ましい。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸発生剤(B)が分解して発生する酸の酸解離定数pKaとしては、-1.00以下であることが好ましく、-1.50以下であることがより好ましく、-2.00以下であることが更に好ましい。pKaの下限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、-5.00以上である。pKa(酸解離定数)は下記の方法により測定できる。
The acid dissociation constant pKa of the acid generated by decomposition of the acid generator (B) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is more than the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) described later. It is preferable to be small.
The acid dissociation constant pKa of the acid generated by decomposition of the acid generator (B) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferably -1.00 or less, more preferably -1.50 or less. And -2.00 or less. The lower limit value of pKa is not particularly limited, and is, for example, -5.00 or more. pKa (acid dissociation constant) can be measured by the following method.
≪酸解離定数pKaの測定≫
 本明細書において、酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に記載のものであり、この値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示している。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測することができ、また、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示している。
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)
«Measurement of acid dissociation constant pKa»
In the present specification, the acid dissociation constant pKa refers to the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and, for example, to Chemical Handbook (II) (revised 4th edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.) As described, the lower the value, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinite dilution aqueous solution, and Hammett using the following software package 1 Values based on substituent constants of and the database of known literature values can also be determined by calculation. All the pKa values described in the present specification indicate values calculated by using this software package.
Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs)
<酸拡散制御剤>
 本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤を含む。酸拡散制御剤は、露光時に酸発生剤(B)等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。
 本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤として、一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも含んでいればよく、本発明の効果を妨げない範囲でその他の酸拡散防止剤を含んでいてもよい。
 なお、以下においては、一般式(1)で表される化合物を酸拡散制御剤(C)として説明し、その他の酸拡散防止剤を酸拡散制御剤(D)として説明する。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
The composition of the present invention contains an acid diffusion control agent. The acid diffusion control agent traps an acid generated from the acid generator (B) or the like at the time of exposure, and acts as a quencher to suppress the reaction of the acid decomposable resin in the unexposed area by the extra generated acid.
The composition of the present invention only needs to contain at least the compound represented by the general formula (1) as an acid diffusion control agent, and includes other acid diffusion inhibitors within the range not to impair the effects of the present invention. It is also good.
In addition, in the following, the compound represented by General formula (1) is demonstrated as an acid diffusion control agent (C), and the other acid diffusion prevention agent is demonstrated as an acid diffusion control agent (D).
(酸拡散制御剤(C))
 以下、一般式(1)で表される化合物について説明する。
(一般式(1)で表される化合物)
(Acid diffusion control agent (C))
Hereinafter, the compound represented by General formula (1) is demonstrated.
(Compound represented by the general formula (1))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記式中、Ar、Ar及びArは、各々独立に、芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 Aは、Ar上でSと結合する炭素原子に対してオルト位に置換し、且つ、-L-CO 、-L-SO 、又は-L-X-N-Yを表す。
 L、L及びLは、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Xは、-SO-、又は-CO-を表す。
 Yは、-SO-R、又は-CO-Rを表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、1価の置換基を表す。
 なお、Ar、Ar及びArは、更に置換基を有していてもよく、上記置換基同士が互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
In the above formulae, Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
A 1 is substituted ortho to the carbon atom bonded to the S + on Ar 1, and, -L 1 -CO 2 -, -L 2 -SO 3 -, or -L 3 -X 1 - N -- Y 1 represents.
Each of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
X 1 represents -SO 2- or -CO-.
Y 1 represents an -SO 2 -R A, or -CO-R B.
Each of R A and R B independently represents a monovalent substituent.
Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent, and the above-mentioned substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Ar、Ar及びArで表される芳香族炭化水素基としては、単環構造(単環芳香族炭化水素基)及び多環構造(多環芳香族炭化水素基)のいずれであってもよい。上記芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、5~18が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。上記芳香族炭化水素基の具体例としては、アリール基(フェニル基、トリル基、及びキシリル基等)、ナフチル基、アントリル基、フェナントリル基、インデニル基、アセナブテニル基、フルオレニル基、及びピレニル基等が挙げられる。
 Ar、Ar及びArで表される芳香族炭化水素基としては、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、なかでも、単環芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is any of a monocyclic structure (monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group) and a polycyclic structure (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group), It is also good. The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 18, and more preferably 5 to 10. Specific examples of the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group include aryl group (phenyl group, tolyl group, xylyl group etc.), naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group, indenyl group, acenabutenyl group, fluorenyl group, pyrenyl group etc. It can be mentioned.
Among the aromatic hydrocarbon groups represented by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 , monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups are preferable among them in that LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent, and phenyl is preferable. Groups are more preferred.
 Ar、Ar及びArは、更に置換基を有していてもよい。上記置換基の種類は特に制限されず、上述した置換基群Tで例示された基が挙げられる。置換基としては、非芳香族性の置換基(なお、本明細書において「非芳香族性の置換基」とは、芳香族性を示さない置換基を意図し、例えば、芳香族環を有しない置換基が挙げられる。)が好ましく、アルキル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。)、フルオロアルキル基(少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。)、ハロゲン原子(ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。)、チオアルキル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。)、又はアルコキシ基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。)がより好ましい。 Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent. The kind in particular of the said substituent is not restrict | limited, The group illustrated by the substituent group T mentioned above is mentioned. As a substituent, a non-aromatic substituent (note that, in the present specification, “non-aromatic substituent” means a substituent that does not exhibit aromaticity, and for example, it has an aromatic ring) Substituent groups are preferable, and may be an alkyl group (linear, branched or cyclic), preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. 6, a fluoroalkyl group (representing an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 4. Also, at least one fluorine atom is preferable. The substituted alkyl group is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. may be mentioned as the halogen atom), a thioa A Kyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10, still more preferably 1 to 6), or an alkoxy group (It may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and still more preferably 1 to 6).
 Ar、Ar及びArに置換した置換基は、置換基同士が互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。上記環としては、芳香族性の及び非芳香族性のいずれであってもよいが、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、非芳香族性であることが好ましい。なお、上記環は、更に置換基(例えば置換基群Tで例示したものが挙げられる。)を有していてもよい。 The substituents substituted by Ar < 1 >, Ar < 2 > and Ar < 3 > may mutually combine and the ring may be formed. The ring may be either aromatic or non-aromatic, but is preferably non-aromatic from the viewpoint that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent. The above-mentioned ring may further have a substituent (for example, one exemplified in the substituent group T).
 一般式(1)で表される化合物としては、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、なかでも、Ar、Ar及びArのうちいずれか1つ以上が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましく(なお、Arについては、A以外に置換基を有さないという意図である)、Ar、Ar及びArのうちいずれか2つ以上が単環芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、Ar、Ar及びArが全て単環芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (1), at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is unsubstituted, in that LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent. Preferably a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group of the following (note that Ar 1 is intended to have no substituent other than A 1 ), any one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 More preferably, one or more are monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and it is more preferable that Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 are all monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups.
 Aは、Ar上でSと結合する炭素原子に対してオルト位に置換し、且つ、-L-CO 、-L-SO 、又は-L-X-N-Yを表す。
 ここで「Ar上でSと結合する炭素原子に対してオルト位に置換する」とは、Arにおいて、一般式(1)に明示されるスルホニウムカチオンとの結合位置の炭素原子に対してオルト位にAが置換する意図である。言い換えると、Aは、Arにおいて、一般式(1)に明示されるスルホニウムカチオンとの結合位置の炭素原子に隣接する炭素原子に置換する。
A 1 is substituted ortho to the carbon atom bonded to the S + on Ar 1, and, -L 1 -CO 2 -, -L 2 -SO 3 -, or -L 3 -X 1 - N -- Y 1 represents.
Here, "substituted ortho to the carbon atom bonded to the S + on Ar 1" in Ar 1, to the carbon atom of the coupling position with the explicit the sulfonium cation in formula (1) a 1 in the ortho position Te is intended to replace. In other words, A 1 substitutes the carbon atom adjacent to the carbon atom at the bonding position with the sulfonium cation specified in General Formula (1) in Ar 1 .
 L、L及びLは、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表し、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、単結合が好ましい。
 L、L及びLで表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-O-、-CO-、2価の炭化水素基(例えば、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、及び、アリーレン基)、及び、これらを2以上組み合わせた基が挙げられる。L、L及びLで表される2価の連結基としては、なかでも、LWR性能及びCDU性能により優れる点で、-O-、-CO-、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基、炭素数2~10のアルケニレン基、炭素数2~10のアルキニレン基、及びこれらを2以上組み合わせた基が好ましく、-O-、-CO-、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基、及びこれらを2以上組み合わせた基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基が更に好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基が特に好ましい。
 なお、L、L及びL中のArとの結合位置の原子は、酸素原子以外であることが好ましい。例えば、L、L及びLで表される2価の連結基が-O-(酸素原子)を含む場合であっても、上記のように酸素原子以外の原子(例えば、炭素原子)がArと結合することが好ましい。
L 1 , L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and a single bond is preferable in that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent.
The divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 is not particularly limited but, for example, -O-, -CO-, a divalent hydrocarbon group (eg, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene) Group, and an arylene group), and the group which combined these 2 or more are mentioned. Among the divalent linking groups represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 , —O—, —CO—, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, among others, in terms of superior LWR performance and CDU performance, An alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and a combination of two or more of them are preferable, and -O-, -CO-, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 2 The group combined as above is more preferable, the alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable, and the alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
The atom at the bonding position to Ar 1 in L 1 , L 2 and L 3 is preferably other than an oxygen atom. For example, even if the divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 contains —O— (oxygen atom), an atom other than oxygen atom (eg, carbon atom) as described above Preferably bind to Ar 1 .
 Aとしては、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、-L-CO 、又は-L-X-N-Yが好ましい。 The A 1, in that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the pattern to be formed more excellent, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - -Y 1 are preferred.
 Xは、-SO-、又は-CO-を表す。
 Yは、-SO-R、又は-CO-Rを表す。
X 1 represents -SO 2- or -CO-.
Y 1 represents an -SO 2 -R A, or -CO-R B.
 R及びRは、各々独立に、1価の置換基を表す。
 R及びRで表される1価の置換基としては特に制限されないが、上述した置換基群Tで例示された基が挙げられる。R及びRで表される1価の置換基としては、なかでも、アルキル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。)、アルケニル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。)、又はアルキニル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。)が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 なお、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアルキニル基は、更に置換基(例えば置換基群Tで例示したものが挙げられる。)を有していてもよい。
Each of R A and R B independently represents a monovalent substituent.
The monovalent substituent represented by R A and R B is not particularly limited, but includes the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned Substituent Group T. Among the monovalent substituents represented by R A and R B , an alkyl group (a linear, branched or cyclic group may be used, among which the carbon number is preferably 1 to 20, 1 to 10 is more preferable, 1 to 6 is further preferable, and 1 to 3 is particularly preferable), and an alkenyl group (linear, branched or cyclic) may be used. Is preferable, 2 to 10 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is further preferable), or an alkynyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic), preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. 2 to 10 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is further preferable), an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may further have a substituent (for example, those exemplified for the substituent group T).
 酸拡散制御剤としての機能がより優れる点で、一般式(1)で表される化合物から発生する酸のpKaは、例えば、-2.00超であることが好ましく、1.00以上であることがより好ましく、1.50以上であることが更に好ましい。pKaの上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、14.0以下である。
 pKa(酸解離定数)は上述した方法により測定できる。
The pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) is, for example, preferably -2.00 or more and is 1.00 or more, in that the function as the acid diffusion control agent is more excellent. Is more preferably 1.50 or more. The upper limit of pKa is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 14.0 or less.
pKa (acid dissociation constant) can be measured by the method described above.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物から発生する酸のpKaは、主に、Aの種類により調整できる。 The pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) can be adjusted mainly by the type of A 1 .
 本発明の組成物中、一般式(1)で表される化合物により発生する酸のpKaと、酸発生剤(B)から発生する酸のpKaとの差は、1.00以上が好ましく、2.00以上がより好ましい。なお、上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、10.0である。
 上述のとおり、酸拡散制御剤である一般式(1)で表される化合物により発生する酸は、酸発生剤(B)から発生する酸に対して相対的に弱酸となる。一般式(1)で表される化合物により発生する酸と酸発生剤(B)から発生する酸とのpKaの差が上記数値範囲であれば、一般式(1)で表される化合物は、酸拡散制御剤としての機能がより優れる。
In the composition of the present invention, the difference between the pKa of the acid generated by the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the pKa of the acid generated from the acid generator (B) is preferably 1.00 or more, 2 .00 or more is more preferable. The upper limit value is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 10.0.
As described above, the acid generated by the compound represented by the general formula (1), which is an acid diffusion control agent, is relatively weak to the acid generated from the acid generator (B). If the difference in pKa between the acid generated by the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the acid generated from the acid generator (B) is within the above numerical range, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is The function as an acid diffusion control agent is more excellent.
 上記一般式(1)で表される化合物としては、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。以下、一般式(2)について説明する。
(一般式(2)で表される化合物)
The compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2) in that the LWR performance and the CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent. Hereinafter, the general formula (2) will be described.
(Compound represented by formula (2))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 上記式中、Ar、Ar、及びAは、一般式(1)中のAr、Ar、及びAと同義であり、好適態様も同じである。 In the above formula, Ar 2, Ar 3, and A 1 is represented by the general formula (1) of Ar 2, Ar 3, and have the same meanings as A 1, preferred embodiments are also the same.
 R、R、R、及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、又は非芳香族性の置換基を表す。
 R、R、R、及びRで表される置換基としては、非芳香族性の置換基であれば特に制限されず、アルキル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。)、フルオロアルキル基(少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。)、ハロゲン原子(ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。)、チオアルキル基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。)、又はアルコキシ基(直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。炭素数は1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。)がより好ましい。
 なお、R、R、R、及びRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。上記環としては、非芳香族性であることが好ましい。なお、上記環は、更に置換基(例えば置換基群Tで例示したものが挙げられる。)を有していてもよい。なかでも、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、R、R、R、及びRは、互いに結合して環構造を形成しないことが好ましい。
Each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a nonaromatic substituent.
The substituent represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is a non-aromatic substituent, and an alkyl group (linear, branched, or cyclic The carbon number is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and still more preferably 1 to 6, and a fluoroalkyl group (an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom). The carbon number is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4. Further, as an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable, a halogen atom (as a halogen atom) For example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like can be mentioned), a thioalkyl group (a linear, branched or cyclic one may be used. The carbon number is 1 to 20) Good 1 to 10 is more preferable, and 1 to 6 is further preferable), or an alkoxy group (linear, branched or cyclic), preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. 1 to 10 is more preferable, and 1 to 6 is further preferable).
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 may be linked to each other to form a ring. The ring is preferably nonaromatic. The above-mentioned ring may further have a substituent (for example, one exemplified in the substituent group T). Among them, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 preferably do not combine with each other to form a ring structure in that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent.
 Ar及びArは、更に置換基を有していてもよく、置換基同士が互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。上記環としては、芳香族性の及び非芳香族性のいずれであってもよいが、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、非芳香族性であることが好ましい。なお、上記環は、更に置換基(例えば置換基群Tで例示したものが挙げられる。)を有していてもよい。 Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent, and the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring may be either aromatic or non-aromatic, but is preferably non-aromatic from the viewpoint that the LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent. The above-mentioned ring may further have a substituent (for example, one exemplified in the substituent group T).
 一般式(2)で表される化合物としては、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、R~Rが全て水素原子であるか、又は、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。なかでも、形成されるパターンのLWR性能及びCDU性能がより優れる点で、R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArの一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、Ar及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、又は、R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。 As the compound represented by the general formula (2), all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms or Ar 2 and Ar 3 in that LWR performance and CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent. It is preferable that at least one is an unsubstituted single-ring aromatic hydrocarbon group. Among them, all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, and one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group in that the LWR performance and the CDU performance of the formed pattern are more excellent. Or Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, or all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted. More preferably, it is a single ring aromatic hydrocarbon group.
 上記一般式(1)で表される化合物は、例えば、公知の手法に従って合成できる。 The compound represented by the above general formula (1) can be synthesized, for example, according to a known method.
 以下、上記一般式(1)で表される化合物の具体例を例示するが、本発明はこれに制限されない。 Hereinafter, although the specific example of a compound represented by the said General formula (1) is illustrated, this invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 上記一般式(1)で表される化合物は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物中、一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として0.1~10質量%が好ましく、0.5~8.0質量%がより好ましい。
 また、上記一般式(1)で表される化合物と上記酸発生剤(B)(酸発生剤X)との含有量比(酸発生剤(B)/一般式(1)で表される化合物)は、質量比で、例えば、1/99~99/1であり、90/10~30/70が好ましく、85/15~40/60がより好ましい。
The compounds represented by the above general formula (1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) (in the case of a plurality of such compounds, the total thereof) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition 0.5 to 8.0% by mass is more preferable.
In addition, the content ratio of the compound represented by the general formula (1) to the acid generator (B) (acid generator X) (acid generator (B) / compound represented by general formula (1) Is, for example, 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 90/10 to 30/70, and more preferably 85/15 to 40/60.
(酸拡散制御剤(D))
 本発明の組成物は、本発明の効果を妨げない範囲で、上述した酸拡散制御剤(C)(一般式(1)で表される化合物が該当する。)以外の他の酸拡散制御剤(以下、「酸拡散制御剤(D)」)を含んでいてもよい。
 酸拡散制御剤(D)としては、例えば、塩基性化合物(DA)、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)、又はカチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)等を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。本発明の組成物においては、公知の酸拡散制御剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0627>~<0664>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0095>~<0187>、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0403>~<0423>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0259>~<0328>に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤(D)として好適に使用できる。
(Acid diffusion control agent (D))
The composition of the present invention is an acid diffusion control agent other than the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent (C) (corresponding to the compound represented by the general formula (1)) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. (Hereafter, "acid diffusion control agent (D)") may be included.
As the acid diffusion control agent (D), for example, a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation, a relatively weak acid to an acid generator Diffusion control of onium salt (DC), low molecular weight compound (DD) having nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of acid, or onium salt compound (DE) having nitrogen atom in the cation part It can be used as an agent. In the composition of the present invention, known acid diffusion control agents can be suitably used. For example, paragraphs <0627> to <0664> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167 A1; paragraphs <0095> to <0187> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015/0004544 A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/0237190 A1 The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0403> to <0423> of the specification and paragraphs <0259> to <0328> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0274458 A1 are suitable as the acid diffusion control agent (D) It can be used for
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物が好ましい。 The basic compound (DA) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 一般式(A)及び(E)中、
 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表す。R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。
In the general formulas (A) and (E),
R 200 , R 201 and R 202, which may be the same or different, each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl Represents a group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms). R 201 and R 202 may bond to each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206, which may be the same or different, each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、置換基を有していても無置換であってもよい。
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may not be substituted.
As the alkyl group having a substituent, as the alkyl group having a substituent, an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
The alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) is more preferably unsubstituted.
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、又はピペリジン等が好ましく、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造若しくはピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、又は、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等がより好ましい。 The basic compound (DA) is preferably guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine or the like, and has an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclo structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure, Compounds having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, or aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond are more preferable.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)(以下、「化合物(DB)」ともいう。)は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。 A basic compound (DB) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (DB)") whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation has a proton acceptor functional group, and an actinic ray or radiation. It is a compound which is decomposed by irradiation with radiation to decrease, disappear, or change from proton acceptor property to acidity.
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又は、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton acceptor functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron that can electrostatically interact with a proton, and is, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether or π conjugated Means a functional group having a nitrogen atom having a non-covalent electron pair that does not contribute to The nitrogen atom having a noncovalent electron pair not contributing to the π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造等が挙げられる。 Examples of preferable partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
 化合物(DB)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下若しくは消失し、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下若しくは消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(DB)とプロトンとからプロトン付加体が生成するとき、その化学平衡における平衡定数が減少することを意味する。
 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認できる。
The compound (DB) decomposes upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generates a compound which has been changed from the proton acceptor property to the acidity. Here, the reduction or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acidity is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group, and is specifically described Means that when a proton adduct is formed from a compound (DB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in its chemical equilibrium decreases.
The proton acceptor property can be confirmed by performing pH measurement.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(DB)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaは、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、-13<pKa<-1を満たすことがより好ましく、-13<pKa<-3を満たすことが更に好ましい。 The acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <−1, more preferably −13 <pKa <−1, It is more preferable to satisfy 13 <pKa <-3.
 なお、酸解離定数pKaとは、上述した方法により求めることができる。 The acid dissociation constant pKa can be determined by the method described above.
 本発明の組成物では、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。
 酸発生剤と、酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩とを混合して用いた場合、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御を行うことができる。
In the composition of the present invention, an onium salt (DC) which becomes a relatively weak acid to the acid generator can be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
When a mixture of an acid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is relatively weak to the acid generated from the acid generator is used, the acid generator is generated from the acid generator by irradiation with actinic ray or radiation. When the acid collides with the onium salt with unreacted weak acid anion, the salt exchange releases the weak acid to form an onium salt with strong acid anion. In this process, since the strong acid is exchanged to a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, the acid is apparently inactivated to control the acid diffusion.
 酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩としては、下記一般式(d1-1)~(d1-3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Compounds represented by the following formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3) are preferable as the onium salt which is relatively weak to the acid generator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式中、R51は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基であり、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基(ただし、Sに隣接する炭素にはフッ素原子は置換されていないものとする)であり、R52は有機基であり、Yは直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状のアルキレン基又はアリーレン基であり、Rfはフッ素原子を含む炭化水素基であり、Mは各々独立に、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンである。 In the formula, R 51 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and Z 2c is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (but carbon adjacent to S) Fluorine atom is not substituted), R 52 is an organic group, Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or arylene group, and R f is a fluorine atom And each of M + is independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、一般式(ZI)で例示したスルホニウムカチオン及び一般式(ZII)で例示したヨードニウムカチオンが挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented as M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified in the general formula (ZII).
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)(以下、「化合物(DD)」ともいう。)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体であることが好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基がより好ましい。
 化合物(DD)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が更に好ましい。
 化合物(DD)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表される。
The low molecular weight compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter also referred to as “compound (DD)”) has a group leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom It is preferable that it is an amine derivative which it has.
As a group leaving by the action of an acid, an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group is preferable, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminal ether group is more preferable. .
The molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and still more preferably 100 to 500.
The compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protective group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 一般式(d-1)において、
 Rbは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rbは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立に水酸基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
In the general formula (d-1),
Each Rb independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group (preferably Preferably, it represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). R b may be linked to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by R b are each independently a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, an oxo group etc., an alkoxy group, or a halogen It may be substituted by an atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
 Rbとしては、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましく、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 2つのRbが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、複素環式炭化水素、及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。
 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許公報US2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落<0466>に開示された構造が挙げられるが、これに制限されない。
As R b, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
As a ring which two Rb mutually connects and forms, alicyclic hydrocarbon, aromatic hydrocarbon, heterocyclic hydrocarbon, its derivative (s), etc. are mentioned.
Specific structures of the group represented by formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structures disclosed in paragraph <0466> of US Patent Publication No. US 2012/0135348 A1.
 化合物(DD)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有することが好ましい。 The compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(6)において、
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
 Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。この複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rbは、上記一般式(d-1)におけるRbと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 一般式(6)において、Raとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立にRbとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。
In the general formula (6),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and l + m = 3 is satisfied.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be mutually linked to form a heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen atom in the formula. The hetero ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and the preferred examples are also the same.
In the general formula (6), each of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra is independently substituted with an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb. It may be substituted by the same group as the group described above as a preferable group.
 上記Raのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらの基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rbについて前述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。
 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(DD)の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落<0475>に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに制限されない。
Specific examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group (these groups may be substituted with the above group) of the above Ra include the same groups as the specific examples described above for Rb. Be
Specific examples of particularly preferable compound (DD) in the present invention include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph <0475> of US Patent Application Publication 2012/0135348 A1.
 カチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)(以下、「化合物(DE)」ともいう。)は、カチオン部に窒素原子を含む塩基性部位を有する化合物であることが好ましい。塩基性部位は、アミノ基であることが好ましく、脂肪族アミノ基であることがより好ましい。塩基性部位中の窒素原子に隣接する原子の全てが、水素原子又は炭素原子であることが更に好ましい。また、塩基性向上の観点から、窒素原子に対して、電子求引性の官能基(カルボニル基、スルホニル基、シアノ基、及びハロゲン原子等)が直結していないことが好ましい。
 化合物(DE)の好ましい具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2015/0309408A1号明細書の段落<0203>に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに制限されない。
The onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation part (hereinafter, also referred to as a "compound (DE)") is preferably a compound having a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation part. The basic moiety is preferably an amino group, more preferably an aliphatic amino group. More preferably, all atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom) is not directly linked to the nitrogen atom.
Preferred specific examples of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph <0203> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0309408 A1.
 酸拡散制御剤(D)の好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the acid diffusion control agent (D) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤(D)は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 組成物中、酸拡散制御剤(D)を含む場合、酸拡散制御剤(D)の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~5.0質量%がより好ましい。
In the composition of this invention, an acid diffusion control agent (D) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
When the acid diffusion control agent (D) is contained in the composition, the content of the acid diffusion control agent (D) (if there is more than one type, the total thereof) is 0.1 based on the total solids of the composition. The content is preferably in the range of 10.0% by mass and more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5.0% by mass.
<疎水性樹脂(E)>
 本発明の組成物は、疎水性樹脂(E)を含んでいてもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂(E)は、樹脂(AX1)及び樹脂(AX2)とは異なる樹脂であることが好ましい。
 本発明の組成物が、疎水性樹脂(E)を含むことにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面における静的/動的な接触角を制御できる。これにより、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上、及び液浸欠陥の低減等が可能となる。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、レジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
<Hydrophobic resin (E)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (E). The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably a resin different from the resin (AX1) and the resin (AX2).
By including the hydrophobic resin (E), the composition of the present invention can control the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, and reduce immersion defects.
The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed to be localized on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and it is necessary to use polar / nonpolar substances. It does not have to contribute to mixing uniformly.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“ケイ素原子”、及び“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(E)における上記フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。
The hydrophobic resin (E) is selected from the group consisting of "fluorine atom", "silicon atom", and "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin" from the viewpoint of localization to the membrane surface layer It is preferable that it is resin which has a repeating unit which has at least 1 sort of.
When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, It may be contained in the chain.
 疎水性樹脂(E)がフッ素原子を含む場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。 When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom, it is a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有することが好ましい。
 (x)酸基
 (y)アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(以下、極性変換基ともいう。)
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
The hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
(X) Acid group (y) A group which is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer to increase the solubility in the alkali developer (hereinafter, also referred to as a polarity converting group).
(Z) a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、又はビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が好ましい。
Examples of the acid group (x) include phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkyl sulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkyl carbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkyl sulfonyl) group And the like) and the like.
As the acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulfoneimide group or a bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group is preferable.
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)としては、例えば、ラクトン基、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、及びスルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)等が挙げられ、ラクトン基又はカルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)が好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位としては、例えば、樹脂の主鎖にこれらの基が直接結合している繰り返し単位であり、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。この繰り返し単位は、これらの基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合していてもよい。又は、この繰り返し単位は、これらの基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に樹脂(AX1)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。
Examples of the group (y) which is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer to increase the solubility in the alkali developer include lactone group, carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-), and acid anhydride group (-C (O) OC). (O)-), acid imide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate group (-OC (O) O-), sulfate group (-OSO 2 O-), and A sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—) and the like can be mentioned, and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
As a repeating unit containing these groups, it is a repeating unit which these groups are directly couple | bonded with the principal chain of resin, for example, the repeating unit etc. by acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester are mentioned, for example. In this repeating unit, these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Alternatively, this repeating unit may be introduced at the end of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having these groups at the time of polymerization.
As a repeating unit which has a lactone group, the thing similar to the repeating unit which has the lactone structure previously demonstrated by the term of resin (AX1) is mentioned, for example.
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~100モル%が好ましく、3~98モル%がより好ましく、5~95モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a group (y) which is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer to increase the solubility in the alkali developer is 1 to 100 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). Is preferable, 3 to 98 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 95 mol% is more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(E)における、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、樹脂(AX1)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~80モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、更に、上述した繰り返し単位とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
The repeating unit which has group (z) which decomposes | disassembles by the effect | action of an acid in hydrophobic resin (E) is a thing similar to the repeating unit which has an acid degradable group mentioned by resin (AX1). The repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing under the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). And 20 to 60 mol% is more preferable.
The hydrophobic resin (E) may further have another repeating unit other than the above-described repeating unit.
 フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、30~100モル%がより好ましい。また、ケイ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、20~100モル%がより好ましい。 The repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100% by mole, and more preferably 30 to 100% by mole, relative to all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). In addition, the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100% by mole, and more preferably 20 to 100% by mole, relative to all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E).
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂(E)が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を実質的に含まない形態も好ましい。また、疎水性樹脂(E)は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。 On the other hand, it is also preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) substantially does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, particularly when the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. Further, the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably substantially constituted only by a repeating unit constituted only by an atom selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom.
 疎水性樹脂(E)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、1,000~100,000が好ましく、1,000~50,000がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (E) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.
 疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる残存モノマー及び/又はオリゴマー成分の合計含有量は、0.01~5質量%が好ましく、0.01~3質量%がより好ましい。また、分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、1~3の範囲がより好ましい。 The total content of the remaining monomer and / or oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass. The degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
 疎水性樹脂(E)としては、公知の樹脂を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜に選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2015/0168830A1号明細書の段落<0451>~<0704>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0340>~<0356>に開示された公知の樹脂を疎水性樹脂(E)として好適に使用できる。また、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0177>~<0258>に開示された繰り返し単位も、疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する繰り返し単位として好ましい。 As hydrophobic resin (E), well-known resin can be suitably selected and used as an individual or a mixture thereof. For example, known resins disclosed in paragraphs <0451> to <0704> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0168830 A1 and in paragraphs <0340> to <0356> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458 A1. Can be suitably used as the hydrophobic resin (E). In addition, repeating units disclosed in paragraphs <0177> to <0258> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190 A1 are also preferable as repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
 疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit constituting the hydrophobic resin (E) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 表面エネルギーが異なる2種以上の疎水性樹脂(E)を混合して使用することが、液浸露光における液浸液追随性と現像特性の両立の観点から好ましい。
 組成物中、疎水性樹脂(E)の含有量は、組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~8.0質量%がより好ましい。
Hydrophobic resin (E) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
It is preferable to mix and use 2 or more types of hydrophobic resin (E) from which surface energy differs, from a viewpoint of coexistence of immersion liquid followability and image development characteristic in liquid immersion exposure.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 8.0% by mass, with respect to the total solid content in the composition.
<溶剤(F)>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含んでいてもよい。
 本発明の組成物においては、公知のレジスト溶剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0665>~<0670>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0210>~<0235>、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0424>~<0426>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0357>~<0366>に開示された公知の溶剤を好適に使用できる。
 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、及びピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤が挙げられる。
<Solvent (F)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a solvent.
In the composition of the present invention, known resist solvents can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs <0665> to <0670> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1; paragraphs <0210> to <0235> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0237190A1 Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs <0424> to <0426> of the specification and paragraphs <0357> to <0366> of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0274458 A1 can be suitably used.
Examples of solvents that can be used when preparing the composition include, for example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid alkyl ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10), Examples thereof include organic solvents such as a monoketone compound (preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 10) which may have a ring, an alkylene carbonate, an alkyl alkoxyacetate, and an alkyl pyruvate.
 有機溶剤として、構造中に水酸基を有する溶剤と、水酸基を有さない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 水酸基を有する溶剤、及び水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、前述の例示化合物を適宜選択できるが、水酸基を含む溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、又は乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、又は乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を有していてもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、又は酢酸アルキル等が好ましく、これらの中でも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は酢酸ブチルがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は2-ヘプタノンが更に好ましい。水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、プロピレンカーボネートも好ましい。
 水酸基を有する溶剤と水酸基を有さない溶剤との混合比(質量比)は、1/99~99/1であり、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~60/40がより好ましい。水酸基を有さない溶剤を50質量%以上含む混合溶剤が、塗布均一性の点で好ましい。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶剤でもよいし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含む2種類以上の混合溶剤でもよい。
As an organic solvent, you may use the mixed solvent which mixed the solvent which has a hydroxyl group in a structure, and the solvent which does not have a hydroxyl group.
As the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group, the above-mentioned exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate or the like is preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate or ethyl lactate is more preferred. Further, as the solvent having no hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxy propionate, a monoketone compound which may have a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene is preferable. Glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxy propionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxy propionate, Further preferred is cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone. Propylene carbonate is also preferred as the solvent having no hydroxyl group.
The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable. A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferable in view of coating uniformity.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate alone or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
<架橋剤(G)>
 本発明の組成物は、酸の作用により樹脂を架橋する化合物(以下、架橋剤(G)ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。架橋剤(G)としては、公知の化合物を適宜に使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0147154A1号明細書の段落<0379>~<0431>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0282720A1号明細書の段落<0064>~<0141>に開示された公知の化合物を架橋剤(G)として好適に使用できる。
 架橋剤(G)は、樹脂を架橋しうる架橋性基を有している化合物であり、架橋性基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基、アシルオキシメチル基、アルコキシメチルエーテル基、オキシラン環、及びオキセタン環等が挙げられる。
 架橋性基は、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基、オキシラン環又はオキセタン環であることが好ましい。
 架橋剤(G)は、架橋性基を2個以上有する化合物(樹脂も含む)であることが好ましい。
 架橋剤(G)は、ヒドロキシメチル基又はアルコキシメチル基を有する、フェノール誘導体、ウレア系化合物(ウレア構造を有する化合物)又はメラミン系化合物(メラミン構造を有する化合物)であることがより好ましい。
 架橋剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 架橋剤(G)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、1.0~50質量%が好ましく、3.0~40質量%が好ましく、5.0~30質量%が更に好ましい。
<Crosslinking agent (G)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a compound which crosslinks the resin by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as a crosslinking agent (G)). A well-known compound can be used suitably as a crosslinking agent (G). For example, known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0379> to <0431> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0147154 A1 and in paragraphs <0064> to <0141> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0282720 A1. Can be suitably used as the crosslinking agent (G).
The crosslinking agent (G) is a compound having a crosslinkable group capable of crosslinking the resin, and as the crosslinkable group, a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl ether group, an oxirane ring, And oxetane rings.
The crosslinkable group is preferably a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an oxirane ring or an oxetane ring.
The crosslinking agent (G) is preferably a compound (including a resin) having two or more crosslinkable groups.
The crosslinking agent (G) is more preferably a phenol derivative, a urea compound (a compound having a urea structure) or a melamine compound (a compound having a melamine structure) having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group.
A crosslinking agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably 1.0 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3.0 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 5.0 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the resist composition. preferable.
<界面活性剤(H)>
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含む場合、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(具体的には、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、又はフッ素原子とケイ素原子との両方を有する界面活性剤)が好ましい。
<Surfactant (H)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. When the surfactant is contained, a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) Is preferred.
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含むことにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないパターンを得ることができる。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落<0276>に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落<0280>に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, when an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used, it is possible to obtain a pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution.
As the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant, the surfactants described in paragraph <0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can be mentioned.
In addition to the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph <0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425, other surfactants can also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2.0質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1.0質量%がより好ましい。
 一方、界面活性剤の含有量が、組成物の全固形分に対して10ppm以上とすることにより、疎水性樹脂(E)の表面偏在性が上がる。それにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性が向上する。
These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, and 0.0005 to 1.0% with respect to the total solid content of the composition. % By mass is more preferred.
On the other hand, when the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm or more based on the total solid content of the composition, the surface uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin (E) is increased. As a result, the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability at the time of immersion exposure is improved.
(その他の添加剤)
 本発明の組成物は、更に、酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤、及び、溶解促進剤等の他の添加剤を含んでいてもよい。
(Other additives)
The composition of the present invention further contains other additives such as an acid multiplying agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, and a dissolution accelerator. It is also good.
<調製方法>
 本発明の組成物の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~10質量%が好ましく、2.0~5.7質量%がより好ましく、2.0~5.3質量%が更に好ましい。固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の質量百分率である。
<Preparation method>
The solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is usually preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, and still more preferably 2.0 to 5.3% by mass. The solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of the other resist components excluding the solvent, with respect to the total mass of the composition.
 なお、本発明の組成物からなる感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚は、解像力向上の観点から、90nm以下が好ましく、85nm以下がより好ましい。組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性又は製膜性を向上させることにより、このような膜厚とすることができる。 In addition, 90 nm or less is preferable from a viewpoint of a resolution improvement, and, as for the film thickness of the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film which consists of a composition of this invention, 85 nm or less is more preferable. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property or the film forming property.
 本発明の組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、これをフィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。このフィルターは、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のものが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば日本国特許出願公開第2002-62667号明細書(特開2002-62667)に開示されるように、循環的な濾過を行ってもよく、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ってもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理等を行ってもよい。 The composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent, filtering it, and then applying it on a predetermined support (substrate). 0.1 micrometer or less is preferable, as for the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration, 0.05 micrometer or less is more preferable, and 0.03 micrometer or less is still more preferable. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. In filter filtration, as disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-62667 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-62667), cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters are connected in series or in parallel. May be connected to The composition may also be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, the composition may be subjected to a degassing treatment and the like before and after the filter filtration.
<用途>
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により反応して性質が変化する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。更に詳しくは、本発明の組成物は、IC(Integrated Circuit)等の半導体製造工程、液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、インプリント用モールド構造体の作製、その他のフォトファブリケーション工程、又は平版印刷版、若しくは酸硬化性組成物の製造に使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。本発明において形成されるパターンは、エッチング工程、イオンインプランテーション工程、バンプ電極形成工程、再配線形成工程、及びMEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)等において使用できる。
<Use>
The composition of the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which changes its property in response to irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention can be used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC (Integrated Circuit), production of circuit substrates such as liquid crystals or thermal heads, production of imprint mold structures, other photofabrication processes, or The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing a lithographic printing plate or an acid-curable composition. The pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching process, an ion implantation process, a bump electrode formation process, a rewiring formation process, MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), and the like.
〔パターン形成方法〕
 本発明は上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたパターン形成方法にも関する。以下、本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。また、パターン形成方法の説明と併せて、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜についても説明する。
[Pattern formation method]
The present invention also relates to a method of forming a pattern using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Hereinafter, the pattern formation method of the present invention will be described. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is also described together with the description of the pattern formation method.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 (i)上述した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によってレジスト膜(感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜)を支持体上に形成する工程(レジスト膜形成工程)、
 (ii)上記レジスト膜を露光する(活性光線又は放射線を照射する)工程(露光工程)、及び、
 (iii)上記露光されたレジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程(現像工程)、
を有する。
The pattern formation method of the present invention is
(I) forming a resist film (an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) on the support by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above (resist film-forming step)
(Ii) exposing the resist film (irradiating with an actinic ray or radiation) (exposure step), and
(Iii) developing the exposed resist film using a developer (developing step),
Have.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、上記(i)~(iii)の工程を含んでいれば特に制限されず、更に下記の工程を有していてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程における露光方法が、液浸露光であってもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の前に、(iv)前加熱(PB:PreBake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の後、かつ、(iii)現像工程の前に、(v)露光後加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(iv)前加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(v)露光後加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
The pattern formation method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the steps (i) to (iii), and may further include the following steps.
In the pattern formation method of the present invention, (ii) the exposure method in the exposure step may be immersion exposure.
The pattern formation method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) a preheating (PB: PreBake) step before (ii) the exposure step.
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (v) a post exposure baking (PEB) step after (ii) the exposure step and (iii) before the development step.
The pattern formation method of the present invention may include (ii) multiple exposure steps.
The pattern formation method of the present invention may include (iv) a preheating step a plurality of times.
The pattern formation method of the present invention may include (v) a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
 本発明のパターン形成方法において、上述した(i)成膜工程、(ii)露光工程、及び(iii)現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。
 また、必要に応じて、レジスト膜と支持体との間にレジスト下層膜(例えば、SOG(Spin On Glass)、SOC(Spin On Carbon)、及び、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。レジスト下層膜を構成する材料としては、公知の有機系又は無機系の材料を適宜用いることができる。
 レジスト膜の上層に、保護膜(トップコート)を形成してもよい。保護膜としては、公知の材料を適宜用いることができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2007/0178407号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2008/0085466号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2007/0275326号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2016/0299432号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2013/0244438号明細書、国際特許出願公開第2016/157988A号明細書に開示された保護膜形成用組成物を好適に使用できる。保護膜形成用組成物としては、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含むものが好ましい。
 上述した疎水性樹脂を含むレジスト膜の上層に保護膜を形成してもよい。
In the pattern formation method of the present invention, the above-described (i) film formation step, (ii) exposure step, and (iii) development step can be carried out by generally known methods.
In addition, if necessary, a resist underlayer film (for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and an antireflective film) may be formed between the resist film and the support. As a material which comprises a resist underlayer film, well-known organic type or inorganic type material can be used suitably.
A protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film. A well-known material can be used suitably as a protective film. For example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432, The composition for protective film formation disclosed by US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 157988A can be suitably used. As a composition for protective film formation, what contains the acid diffusion control agent mentioned above is preferable.
A protective film may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
 支持体は、特に制限されるものではなく、IC等の半導体の製造工程、又は液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程のほか、その他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程等で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。支持体の具体例としては、シリコン、SiO、及びSiN等の無機基板等が挙げられる。 The support is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a process of manufacturing a semiconductor such as an IC or a process of manufacturing a circuit substrate such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and other lithography processes of photofabrication. A substrate can be used. Specific examples of the support include inorganic substrates such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
 加熱温度は、(iv)前加熱工程及び(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、70~130℃が好ましく、80~120℃がより好ましい。
 加熱時間は、(iv)前加熱工程及び(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は、露光装置及び現像装置に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., and more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. in any of the (iv) pre-heating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in any of the (iv) pre-heating step and (v) post-exposure heating step.
The heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure apparatus and the developing apparatus, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
 露光工程に用いられる光源波長に制限はないが、例えば、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光(EUV)、X線、及び電子線等が挙げられる。これらの中でも遠紫外光が好ましく、その波長は250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmが更に好ましい。具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、又は電子線等であり、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線が好ましい。 The light source wavelength used in the exposure step is not limited, and examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-rays, and electron beams. Among these, far ultraviolet light is preferable, and its wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and still more preferably 1 to 200 nm. Specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), or an electron beam or the like, KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is preferred.
 (iii)現像工程においては、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう。)であってもよい。 (Iii) In the developing step, the developing solution may be either an alkali developing solution or a developing solution containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developing solution).
 アルカリ現像液としては、通常、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩が用いられるが、これ以外にも無機アルカリ、1~3級アミン、アルコールアミン、及び環状アミン等のアルカリ水溶液も使用可能である。
 更に、上記アルカリ現像液は、アルコール類、及び/又は界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10~15である。
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像を行う時間は、通常10~300秒である。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度、pH、及び現像時間は、形成するパターンに応じて、適宜調整できる。
Usually, quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide are used as the alkali developing solution, but in addition to this, alkaline aqueous solutions such as inorganic alkali, primary to tertiary amines, alcohol amines, and cyclic amines are also used. It is usable.
Furthermore, the alkali developer may contain an appropriate amount of an alcohol and / or a surfactant. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10-15.
The time for developing using an alkaline developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds.
The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developer can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含む現像液であることが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. Is preferred.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、及びプロピレンカーボネート等が挙げられる。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate and the like.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、酢酸イソアミル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、及びプロピオン酸ブチル等が挙げられる。 As ester solvents, for example, methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxy propionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, butyl lactate, butane And butyl acid, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
 アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0715>~<0718>に開示された溶剤を使用できる。 As the alcohol-based solvent, the amide-based solvent, the ether-based solvent, and the hydrocarbon-based solvent, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs <0715> to <0718> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167 A1 can be used.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、0質量%以上5質量%未満が最も好ましく、実質的に水分を含まないことが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50~100質量%が好ましく、80~100質量%がより好ましく、90~100質量%が更に好ましく、95~100質量%が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, still more preferably less than 10% by mass, and most preferably 0% by mass to less than 5% by mass. It is particularly preferred not to
The content of the organic solvent to the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the developer. % Is particularly preferred.
 有機系現像液は、必要に応じて公知の界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。 The organic developer may contain an appropriate amount of a known surfactant, as necessary.
 界面活性剤の含有量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%であり、0.005~2質量%が好ましく、0.01~0.5質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 有機系現像液は、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。 The organic developer may contain the acid diffusion control agent described above.
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、又は一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)等が挙げられる。 As a developing method, for example, a method of immersing the substrate in a bath filled with a developer for a certain time (dip method), a method of raising the developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and standing still for a certain time (paddle method) The method of spraying the developer on the surface (spray method) or the method of continuing to discharge the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method), etc. are mentioned. Be
 アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行う工程(アルカリ現像工程)、及び有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)を組み合わせてもよい。これにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、より微細なパターンを形成できる。 The step of developing using an aqueous alkali solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined. As a result, since pattern formation can be performed without dissolving only the region of intermediate exposure intensity, a finer pattern can be formed.
 (iii)現像工程の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。 (Iii) It is preferable that the process (rinse process) wash | cleaned using a rinse agent is included after the image development process.
 アルカリ現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、例えば純水を使用できる。純水は、界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。この場合、現像工程又はリンス工程の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を追加してもよい。更に、リンス処理又は超臨界流体による処理の後、パターン中に残存する水分を除去するために加熱処理を行ってもよい。 The rinse liquid used for the rinse process after the image development process using an alkaline developing solution can use a pure water, for example. The pure water may contain an appropriate amount of surfactant. In this case, after the development step or the rinse step, a process of removing the developer or rinse solution adhering on the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added. Furthermore, heat treatment may be performed to remove moisture remaining in the pattern after the rinse treatment or treatment with a supercritical fluid.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 この場合のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、1価アルコールを含むリンス液がより好ましい。
The rinse solution used for the rinse process after the development process using the developing solution containing an organic solvent does not have a restriction | limiting in particular if it is a thing which does not melt | dissolve a pattern, The solution containing a common organic solvent can be used. As the rinse solution, a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents is used. Is preferred.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon-based solvent, the ketone-based solvent, the ester-based solvent, the alcohol-based solvent, the amide-based solvent, and the ether-based solvent include the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
As the rinse solution used in the rinse step in this case, a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
 リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の1価アルコールが挙げられる。具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノールが挙げられる。炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノール等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinse step include linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohol. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol. Examples of the monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol. .
 各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合して使用してもよい。
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましく、3質量%以下が更に好ましい。含水率を10質量%以下とすることで、良好な現像特性が得られる。
A plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed with an organic solvent other than the above.
10 mass% or less is preferable, 5 mass% or less is more preferable, and 3 mass% or less is still more preferable. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 リンス液は、界面活性剤を適当量含んでいてもよい。
 リンス工程においては、有機系現像液を用いる現像を行った基板を、有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に制限されないが、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、又は基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。中でも、回転塗布法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2,000~4,000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。この加熱工程によりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程において、加熱温度は通常40~160℃であり、70~95℃が好ましく、加熱時間は通常10秒~3分であり、30秒~90秒が好ましい。
The rinse solution may contain an appropriate amount of surfactant.
In the rinse step, the substrate subjected to development using an organic developer is washed using a rinse solution containing an organic solvent. The method of cleaning treatment is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), and immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinse liquid for a fixed time Examples include a method (dip method) or a method of spraying a rinse liquid on a substrate surface (spray method). Above all, it is preferable to carry out cleaning treatment by spin coating, and after cleaning, rotate the substrate at a rotational speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm to remove the rinse solution from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. By this heating step, the developer and the rinse solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed. In the heating step after the rinsing step, the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., and the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、レジスト溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、又はトップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属成分、異性体、及び残存モノマー等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。上記の各種材料に含まれるこれらの不純物の含有量としては、1ppm以下が好ましく、100ppt以下がより好ましく、10ppt以下が更に好ましく、実質的に含まないこと(測定装置の検出限界以下であること)が特に好ましい。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, resist solvent, developer, rinse solution, composition for forming an antireflective film, or It is preferable that the composition for top coat formation etc. does not contain impurities, such as a metal component, an isomer, and a residual monomer. The content of these impurities contained in the various materials described above is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt or less, still more preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially not including it (the detection limit of the measuring device or less) Is particularly preferred.
 上記各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルター孔径としては、ポアサイズ10nm以下が好ましく、5nm以下がより好ましく、3nm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であってもよい。フィルターとしては、日本国特許出願公開第2016-201426号明細書(特開2016-201426)に開示されるような溶出物が低減されたものが好ましい。
 フィルター濾過のほか、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材を組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができ、例えば、シリカゲル若しくはゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、又は活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。金属吸着剤としては、例えば、日本国特許出願公開第2016-206500号明細書(特開2016-206500)に開示されるものが挙げられる。
 また、上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、又は装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法が挙げられる。レジスト成分の各種材料(樹脂及び光酸発生剤等)を合成する製造設備の全工程にグラスライニングの処理を施すことも、pptオーダーまで金属等の不純物を低減するために好ましい。各種材料を構成する原料に対して行うフィルター濾過における好ましい条件は、上記した条件と同様である。
As a method of removing impurities, such as a metal, from said various materials, the filtration using a filter is mentioned, for example. The pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and still more preferably 3 nm or less. As a material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon is preferable. The filter may be one previously washed with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, plural types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When multiple types of filters are used, filters with different pore sizes and / or different materials may be used in combination. Also, the various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step. As the filter, one having a reduced elution product as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-201426) is preferable.
In addition to filter filtration, removal of impurities by adsorbent may be performed, and filter filtration and adsorbent may be used in combination. A known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. For example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used. Examples of the metal adsorbent include those disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-206500 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-206500).
In addition, as a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in the above-mentioned various materials, filter filtration is performed on the materials constituting the various materials, in which the material having a small metal content is selected as the materials constituting the various materials. Alternatively, the inside of the apparatus may be lined with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like, and distillation may be carried out under conditions that minimize contamination as much as possible. It is also preferable to treat the glass lining in all steps of the manufacturing equipment for synthesizing various materials (resin and photoacid generator etc.) of the resist component in order to reduce impurities such as metal to the ppt order. The preferable conditions in the filter filtration performed with respect to the raw material which comprises various materials are the same as the conditions mentioned above.
 上記の各種材料は、不純物の混入を防止するために、米国特許出願公開第2015/0227049号明細書、日本国特許出願公開第2015-123351号明細書(特開2015-123351)等に記載された容器に保存されることが好ましい。 The various materials described above are described in, for example, US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0227049, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-123351 (Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-123351), and the like in order to prevent contamination of impurities. Are preferably stored in a container.
 本発明のパターン形成方法により形成されるパターンに、パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法を適用してもよい。パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2015/0104957号明細書に開示された、水素を含むガスのプラズマによってパターンを処理する方法が挙げられる。その他にも、日本国特許出願公開第2004-235468号明細書(特開2004-235468)、米国特許出願公開第2010/0020297号明細書、Proc. of SPIE Vol.8328 83280N-1“EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”に記載されるような公知の方法を適用してもよい。
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたパターンは、例えば日本国特許出願公開第1991-270227号明細書(特開平3-270227)及び米国特許出願公開第2013/0209941号明細書に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(Core)として使用できる。
A method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention. As a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern, for example, a method of processing the pattern by plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957 can be mentioned. In addition, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-235468 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-235468), US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, Proc. of SPIE Vol. A known method may be applied as described in 8328 83280 N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”.
Also, the pattern formed by the above method is, for example, the spacer process disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1991-270227 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-270227) and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941. It can be used as a core material (Core).
〔電子デバイスの製造方法〕
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法にも関する。本発明の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(例えば、家電、OA(Office Automation)関連機器、メディア関連機器、光学用機器、及び通信機器等)に、好適に搭載される。
[Method of Manufacturing Electronic Device]
The present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method described above. The electronic device manufactured by the method of manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention is suitably installed in an electric / electronic device (for example, a home appliance, an office automation (OA) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, etc.) Be done.
〔化合物〕
 また、本発明は、一般式(1)で表される化合物及び一般式(2)で表される化合物にも関する。
 一般式(1)で表される化合物及び一般式(2)で表される化合物の具体的な態様については、上述した通りである。
〔Compound〕
The present invention also relates to the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2).
The specific embodiments of the compound represented by the general formula (1) and the compound represented by the general formula (2) are as described above.
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更できる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により制限的に解釈されるべきものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as limited by the following examples.
〔感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製〕
 以下に、第3表に示す感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる各種成分を示す。
<樹脂(AX1)>
 第3表に示される樹脂(A1~A6)を以下に示す。
 なお、樹脂A1~A6の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、樹脂の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。
[Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The various components contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition shown in Table 3 are shown below.
<Resin (AX1)>
The resins (A1 to A6) shown in Table 3 are shown below.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) of the resins A1 to A6 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (equivalent to polystyrene). The compositional ratio (mol% ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000041
<酸発生剤(B)>
 第3表に示される酸発生剤(B)(化合物B1~B10)(酸発生剤Xに該当)の構造を以下に示す。
<Acid Generator (B)>
The structures of the acid generators (B) (compounds B1 to B10) (corresponding to the acid generator X) shown in Table 3 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000045
 第1表に、上述した酸発生剤(B)(化合物B1~B10)から発生する酸のpKaを示す。pKaの測定は、上述した方法により行った。 Table 1 shows the pKa of the acid generated from the above-mentioned acid generator (B) (compounds B1 to B10). The measurement of pKa was performed by the method described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
<酸拡散制御剤>
(一般式(1)で表される化合物(C))
 第3表に示される一般式(1)で表される化合物(化合物C1~C18)の構造を以下に示す。また、併せて、化合物C1の合成例を一例として示す。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
(Compound (C) Represented by General Formula (1))
The structures of the compounds (compounds C1 to C18) represented by the general formula (1) shown in Table 3 are shown below. In addition, a synthesis example of the compound C1 is shown as an example.
≪合成例1:化合物C1の合成≫
 容器内に入れたTHF(20mL)に、2-ヨード安息香酸エチル(3.3g)を溶解させた後、内温を-10℃まで冷却した。次いで、冷却した混合液に、内温が0℃を超えないように、イソプロピルマグネシウムクロリド-塩化リチウム錯体(THF溶液、11.9g)を滴下後、-10℃で30分撹拌した(反応液1)。
 容器内に入れたTHF(20mL)に、ジフェニルスルホキシド(3.2g)を溶解させた後、内温を-10℃まで冷却した。次いで、冷却した混合液に、内温が0℃を超えないように、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸無水物(3.4g)を滴下後、0℃で30分撹拌した(反応液2)。
 続いて、反応液2を収容した容器内に、内温が0℃を越えないように反応液1を滴下した後、室温で12時間反応させた。得られた反応液に、塩化メチレン(100mL)と蒸留水(100mL)を添加し、分液した。次いで、抽出した有機層を蒸留水(50mL)で4回洗浄した後、溶媒を留去した。更に、得られた残渣をカラムで精製することで、精製物を得た。
 上記工程により得られた精製物を、塩化メチレン(16mL)に溶解後、更に0.2規定水酸化ナトリウム(16mL)を添加し、40℃で4時間反応させた。得られた反応液を分液し、水層を塩化メチレン(15mL)で5回抽出した後、溶媒を留去した。得られた固体をジイソプロピルエーテル(5mL)で洗浄後、溶媒を除去し、乾燥させることで、C1(0.26g)を得た。
Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Compound C1
After ethyl 2-iodobenzoate (3.3 g) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) contained in a vessel, the internal temperature was cooled to -10.degree. Then, isopropylmagnesium chloride-lithium chloride complex (THF solution, 11.9 g) was added dropwise to the cooled mixture so that the internal temperature did not exceed 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at −10 ° C. for 30 minutes (reaction liquid 1 ).
After dissolving diphenyl sulfoxide (3.2 g) in THF (20 mL) contained in a vessel, the internal temperature was cooled to −10 ° C. Next, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (3.4 g) was added dropwise to the cooled mixture so that the internal temperature did not exceed 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C. for 30 minutes (reaction liquid 2).
Then, after dripping the reaction liquid 1 so that internal temperature might not exceed 0 degreeC in the container which accommodated the reaction liquid 2, it was made to react at room temperature for 12 hours. To the resulting reaction solution, methylene chloride (100 mL) and distilled water (100 mL) were added to separate the layers. Then, the extracted organic layer was washed four times with distilled water (50 mL), and the solvent was evaporated. Further, the obtained residue was purified by column to obtain a purified product.
The purified product obtained by the above step was dissolved in methylene chloride (16 mL), 0.2 N sodium hydroxide (16 mL) was further added, and the mixture was reacted at 40 ° C. for 4 hours. The reaction solution obtained was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted five times with methylene chloride (15 mL), and then the solvent was evaporated. The obtained solid was washed with diisopropyl ether (5 mL), the solvent was removed, and C1 (0.26 g) was obtained by drying.
 また、上記化合物C1の合成例と同様の操作を行い、後掲の化合物C2~C24を合成した。 Further, the same operation as in the synthesis example of the above-mentioned compound C1 was performed to synthesize the following compounds C2 to C24.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
(比較用酸拡散制御剤(D))
 第3表に示される比較用酸拡散制御剤(化合物D1~D4)の構造を以下に示す。
(Comparative acid diffusion control agent (D))
The structures of comparative acid diffusion control agents (compounds D1 to D4) shown in Table 3 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(酸拡散制御剤のpKa)
 第2表に、化合物C1~C24から発生する酸のpKa、及び化合物D1~D4から発生する酸のpKaを示す。pKaの測定は、上述した方法により行った。
(PKa of acid diffusion control agent)
Table 2 shows the pKa of the acid generated from the compounds C1 to C24 and the pKa of the acid generated from the compounds D1 to D4. The measurement of pKa was performed by the method described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>
 第3表に示した各成分を固形分濃度が3.3質量%となるように混合した。次いで、得られた混合液を、最初に孔径50nmのポリエチレン製フィルター、次に孔径10nmのナイロン製フィルター、最後に孔径5nmのポリエチレン製フィルターの順番で濾過することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製した。なお、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物において、固形分とは、溶剤(F)以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られた感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
Each component shown in Table 3 was mixed so that solid content concentration might be 3.3 mass%. Next, the resulting mixed solution is first filtered through a polyethylene filter with a pore size of 50 nm, then with a nylon filter with a pore size of 10 nm, and finally with a polyethylene filter with a pore size of 5 nm. Resin composition was prepared. In addition, in actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, solid content means all components other than a solvent (F). The obtained actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
〔パターン形成及び各種評価〕
<パターン形成1:ArF液浸露光、有機溶剤現像>
 シリコンウエハ上に有機反射防止膜形成用組成物ARC29SR(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間加熱を行い、膜厚95nmの反射防止膜を形成した。得られた反射防止膜上に、実施例及び比較例の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間加熱(PB:Prebake)を行い、膜厚85nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 上記の手順により得られたシリコンウエハ上のレジスト膜を、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.900、インナーシグマ0.812、XY偏向)を用いて、線幅44nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの6%ハーフトーンマスクを通して露光した。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。その後、露光後のレジスト膜を105℃で60秒間加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)した後、ネガ型現像液(有機系現像液、酢酸ブチル)を用いて30秒間パドル法で現像し、更に、リンス液(メチルイソブチルカルビノール(MIBC))を用いて30秒間パドル法でリンスした。続いて、このシリコンウエハを4000rpmの回転数で30秒間スピン乾燥させて、線幅44nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのパターンを形成した。
[Pattern formation and various evaluations]
<Pattern formation 1: ArF immersion exposure, organic solvent development>
A composition ARC29SR (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) for forming an organic antireflective film was coated on a silicon wafer and heated at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflective film with a film thickness of 95 nm. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples are coated on the obtained antireflective film, and heating (PB: Prebake) is performed at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resist film having a film thickness of 85 nm. Formed.
ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT 1700 i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.900, inner sigma 0.812, XY deflection) ) Was exposed through a 6: 1 halftone mask with a 1: 1 line and space pattern of 44 nm line width. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Thereafter, the resist film after exposure is heated at 105 ° C. for 60 seconds (PEB: Post Exposure Bake), and then developed with a negative developer (organic developer, butyl acetate) for 30 seconds by a paddle method, and A rinse solution (methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC)) was used to rinse by a paddle method for 30 seconds. Subsequently, the silicon wafer was spin-dried at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds to form a 1: 1 line-and-space pattern with a line width of 44 nm.
<性能評価:LWR性能(nm)>
 得られた44nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのパターンに対して、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(日立製作所社製、S-8840)を使用してパターン上部から観察した。この際、ラインパターンの長手方向のエッジ2μmの範囲について、線幅を50ポイント測定し、測定された線幅の測定ばらつきについて標準偏差(3σ)を算出した。標準偏差(3σ)の値が小さいほどLWR性能が良好なパターンであることを示す。
 なお、LWR性能の評価は、下記5段階の基準に基づいて実施した。評価結果を第3表に示す。
<Performance evaluation: LWR performance (nm)>
The obtained 44 nm 1: 1 line-and-space pattern was observed from the top of the pattern using a scanning electron microscope (S-8840, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). Under the present circumstances, 50 points of line widths were measured about the range of edge 2 micrometer of the longitudinal direction of a line pattern, and the standard deviation (3 (sigma)) was calculated about the measurement dispersion of the measured line widths. The smaller the value of the standard deviation (3σ), the better the LWR performance is.
In addition, evaluation of LWR performance was implemented based on the following five-step standard. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
(評価基準)
 「5」:LWR<3.0nm
 「4」:3.0nm≦LWR<4.0nm
 「3」:4.0nm≦LWR<5.0nm
 「2」:5.0nm≦LWR<6.0nm
 「1」:6.0nm≦LWR
(Evaluation criteria)
"5": LWR <3.0 nm
“4”: 3.0 nm ≦ LWR <4.0 nm
“3”: 4.0 nm ≦ LWR <5.0 nm
“2”: 5.0 nm ≦ LWR <6.0 nm
“1”: 6.0 nm ≦ LWR
<パターン形成2:ArF液浸露光、有機溶剤現像>
 シリコンウエハ上に有機反射防止膜ARC29SR(Brewer社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークを行い膜厚98nmの反射防止膜を形成し、その上に、実施例及び比較例の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間に亘ってベークを行い、膜厚90nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 上記の手順により得られたレジスト膜を形成したウエハをArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA(numerical aperture)1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.98、インナーシグマ0.89、XY偏向)を用い、直径45nmのコンタクトホールパターンを、6%ハーフトーンマスクを介して露光した。上述のパターンサイズになる露光量を、最適露光量とした。液浸液としては超純水を使用した。その後PEB温度を90℃に設定した温度で加熱した後、有機現像液である酢酸ブチルで30秒間現像し、スピン乾燥してホールパターンを得た。
<Pattern formation 2: ArF immersion exposure, organic solvent development>
An organic antireflective film ARC29SR (manufactured by Brewer) is coated on a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflective film having a film thickness of 98 nm, and the actinic ray of the example and comparative example is formed thereon. A radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition was applied and baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 90 nm.
The wafer on which the resist film obtained by the above procedure is formed is exposed to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA (numerical aperture) 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.98, inner sigma 0. A contact hole pattern of 45 nm in diameter was exposed through a 6% halftone mask using an X.Y. 89 polarization). The amount of exposure to achieve the pattern size described above was taken as the optimum amount of exposure. Ultrapure water was used as the immersion liquid. Thereafter, the PEB was heated at a temperature set at 90 ° C., and then developed for 30 seconds with an organic developer, butyl acetate, and spin-dried to obtain a hole pattern.
<性能評価:CDU性能(nm)>
 上記最適露光量(Eopt)で露光された1ショット内において、互いの間隔が1μmの20箇所の領域において、各領域ごとに任意の25個(すなわち、計500個)のホールサイズを測定し、これらの標準偏差(σ)を求め、3σを算出した。値が小さいほど寸法のばらつきが小さく、良好な性能であることを示す。
 なお、CDU性能の評価は、下記5段階の基準に基づいて実施した。評価結果を第3表に示す。
<Performance evaluation: CDU performance (nm)>
Within one shot exposed at the above optimum exposure (E opt ), the arbitrary 25 (ie, a total of 500) hole sizes are measured for each region in 20 regions with a distance of 1 μm. These standard deviations (σ) were determined to calculate 3σ. The smaller the value is, the smaller the variation in size is, which indicates that the performance is good.
The CDU performance was evaluated based on the following five levels. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
(評価基準)
 「5」:CDU<4.0nm
 「4」:4.0nm≦CDU<4.5nm
 「3」:4.5nm≦CDU<5.0nm
 「2」:5.0nm≦CDU<6.0nm
 「1」:6.0nm≦CDU
(Evaluation criteria)
"5": CDU <4.0 nm
“4”: 4.0 nm ≦ CDU <4.5 nm
“3”: 4.5 nm ≦ CDU <5.0 nm
“2”: 5.0 nm ≦ CDU <6.0 nm
“1”: 6.0 nm ≦ CDU
 なお、第3表において、各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有量を意味する。
 また、第3表において、「pKa(B)」とは、酸発生剤(B)(化合物B1~B10)から発生する酸のpKaに該当する(第1表に掲載したものと同じである)。
 また、第3表において、「pKa(A1)」及び「pKa(A2)」とは、一般式(1)で表される化合物(化合物C1~C24)から発生する酸のpKa、及び比較用酸拡散制御剤(化合物D1~D4)から発生する酸のpKaにそれぞれ該当する(第2表に掲載したものと同じである)。
In Table 3, the content (% by mass) of each component means the content relative to the total solid content.
Further, in Table 3, "pKa (B)" corresponds to the pKa of the acid generated from the acid generator (B) (compounds B1 to B10) (the same as that listed in Table 1) .
In Table 3, “pKa (A1)” and “pKa (A2)” refer to the pKa of the acid generated from the compound represented by the general formula (1) (compounds C1 to C24), and the comparative acid These correspond to the pKa of the acids generated from the diffusion control agents (compounds D1 to D4) (the same as those listed in Table 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
 第3表の結果から、実施例の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によれば、形成されるパターンのLWR及びCDUがいずれも優れていることが確認された。
 また、実施例1、4、10、及び12の対比から、一般式(1)で表される化合物において、Ar、Ar及びArの少なくとも1つ以上が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である場合(言い換えると、一般式(2)で表される化合物において、R~Rが全て水素原子であるか、又は、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である場合(実施例1、4、及び10と、実施例12との対比))、形成されるパターンのLWR及びCDUがいずれもより優れていることが確認された。
From the results of Table 3, according to the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of Examples, it was confirmed that both LWR and CDU of the formed pattern were excellent.
Further, from the comparison of Examples 1, 4, 10 and 12, in the compound represented by the general formula (1), at least one or more of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 are unsubstituted single-ring aromatic carbonized When it is a hydrogen group (in other words, in the compound represented by the general formula (2), all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, or at least one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted single ring In the case of the aromatic hydrocarbon group (Examples 1, 4 and 10 and the comparison with Example 12), it was confirmed that both LWR and CDU of the formed pattern were superior.
 また、実施例1、4、10、及び12の対比から、一般式(1)で表される化合物において、Ar、Ar及びArの少なくとも2つ以上が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である場合(言い換えると、一般式(2)で表される化合物において、R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArの一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、Ar及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、又は、R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である場合(実施例1及び4と、実施例10及び12との対比))、形成されるパターンのLWR及びCDUがいずれもより優れていることが確認された。 Further, from the comparison of Examples 1, 4, 10 and 12, in the compound represented by the general formula (1), at least two or more of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 are unsubstituted single-ring aromatic carbonized When it is a hydrogen group (in other words, in the compound represented by the general formula (2), a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon in which all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms and one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is unsubstituted Or Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, or all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms and both Ar 2 and Ar 3 are absent. When it is a substituted single ring aromatic hydrocarbon group (comparison of Examples 1 and 4 with Examples 10 and 12), it is confirmed that LWR and CDU of the formed pattern are both superior. The
 また、実施例1と実施例13及び14との対比から、一般式(1)で表される化合物において、L~Lが単結合である場合、形成されるパターンのLWR及びCDUがいずれもより優れていることが確認された。
 また、実施例1、2、及び15~18の対比から、一般式(1)で表される化合物において、Aが、-L-CO 、又は-L-X-N-Yである場合、形成されるパターンのLWR及びCDUがいずれもより優れていることが確認された。
Further, from the comparison between Example 1 and Examples 13 and 14, in the compound represented by the general formula (1), when L 1 to L 3 are single bonds, LWR and CDU of the formed pattern are either It was also confirmed that it was better.
Further, from the comparison of Examples 1, 2, and 15-18, in the compound represented by the general formula (1), A 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - When -Y 1 , it was confirmed that both LWR and CDU of the formed pattern were superior.
 また、実施例1と実施例19及び実施例20との対比から、一般式(1)で表される化合物が、一般式(2)で表される化合物である場合、形成されるパターンのLWR及びCDUがいずれもより優れていることが確認された。 Moreover, when the compound represented by General formula (1) is a compound represented by General formula (2) from the contrast with Example 1 and Example 19 and Example 20, LWR of the pattern formed is obtained. And CDU were all confirmed to be better.
 また、実施例21と実施例22との対比から、一般式(1)で表される化合物において、Arが非芳香性の置換基を有する場合、形成されるパターンのLWR及びCDUがいずれもより優れていることが確認された。 Further, from the comparison between Example 21 and Example 22, in the compound represented by General Formula (1), when Ar 1 has a non-aromatic substituent, both LWR and CDU of the formed pattern are It was confirmed to be better.
 一方、比較例の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物では、所望の要求を満たさなかった。 On the other hand, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the comparative example did not satisfy the desired requirements.

Claims (15)

  1.  樹脂と、
     活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する酸発生剤と、
     酸拡散制御剤と、を含み、
     前記酸拡散制御剤が、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     上記式中、Ar、Ar及びArは、各々独立に、芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
     Aは、Ar上でSと結合する炭素原子に対してオルト位に置換し、且つ、-L-CO 、-L-SO 、又は-L-X-N-Yを表す。
     L、L及びLは、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Xは、-SO-、又は-CO-を表す。
     Yは、-SO-R、又は-CO-Rを表す。
     R及びRは、各々独立に、1価の置換基を表す。
     なお、Ar、Ar及びArは、更に置換基を有していてもよく、前記置換基同士が互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
    With resin,
    An acid generator which generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation;
    And an acid diffusion control agent,
    An actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, wherein the acid diffusion control agent comprises a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the above formulae, Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
    A 1 is substituted ortho to the carbon atom bonded to the S + on Ar 1, and, -L 1 -CO 2 -, -L 2 -SO 3 -, or -L 3 -X 1 - N -- Y 1 represents.
    Each of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    X 1 represents -SO 2- or -CO-.
    Y 1 represents an -SO 2 -R A, or -CO-R B.
    Each of R A and R B independently represents a monovalent substituent.
    Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent, and the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  2.  前記一般式(1)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(2)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     上記式中、Ar、及びArは、各々独立に、単環芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
     R、R、R、及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、又は非芳香族性の置換基を表す。
     Aは、-L-CO 、-L-SO 、又は-L-X-N-Yを表す。
     L、L及びLは、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Xは、-SO-、又は-CO-を表す。
     Yは、-SO-R、又は-CO-Rを表す。
     R及びRは、各々独立に、1価の置換基を表す。
     なお、Ar及びArは、更に置換基を有していてもよく、前記置換基同士が互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
    The actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the above formulae, Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group.
    Each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a nonaromatic substituent.
    A 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, -L 2 -SO 3 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - represents a -Y 1.
    Each of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    X 1 represents -SO 2- or -CO-.
    Y 1 represents an -SO 2 -R A, or -CO-R B.
    Each of R A and R B independently represents a monovalent substituent.
    Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent, and the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  3.  R~Rが全て水素原子であるか、又は、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である、請求項2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 3. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive compound according to claim 2, wherein all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, or at least one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group. Resin composition.
  4.  R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArの一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、
     Ar及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、又は、
     R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である、請求項2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    All of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, and one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group,
    Or both of Ar 2 and Ar 3 are unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, or
    3. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 2, wherein R 1 to R 4 are all hydrogen atoms, and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups. .
  5.  Aが、-L-CO 、又は-L-X-N-Yである、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 A 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - is -Y 1, ray- according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or radiation-sensitive resin Composition.
  6.  L及びLが単結合である、請求項5に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 5, wherein L 1 and L 3 are single bonds.
  7.  請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたレジスト膜。 A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  8.  請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成するレジスト膜形成工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する露光工程と、
     露光された前記レジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程と、を含む、パターン形成方法。
    A resist film forming step of forming a resist film using the actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6;
    An exposure step of exposing the resist film;
    And developing the exposed resist film with a developer.
  9.  請求項8に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 The manufacturing method of an electronic device containing the pattern formation method of Claim 8.
  10.  下記一般式(1)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     上記式中、Ar、Ar及びArは、各々独立に、芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
     Aは、Ar上でSと結合する炭素原子に対してオルト位に置換し、且つ、-L-CO 、-L-SO 、又は-L-X-N-Yを表す。
     L、L及びLは、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Xは、-SO-、又は-CO-を表す。
     Yは、-SO-R、又は-CO-Rを表す。
     R及びRは、各々独立に、1価の置換基を表す。
     ただし、L、L及びL中のArとの結合位置の原子は、酸素原子ではない。
     なお、Ar、Ar及びArは、更に置換基を有していてもよく、前記置換基同士が互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
    The compound represented by following General formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In the above formulae, Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
    A 1 is substituted ortho to the carbon atom bonded to the S + on Ar 1, and, -L 1 -CO 2 -, -L 2 -SO 3 -, or -L 3 -X 1 - N -- Y 1 represents.
    Each of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    X 1 represents -SO 2- or -CO-.
    Y 1 represents an -SO 2 -R A, or -CO-R B.
    Each of R A and R B independently represents a monovalent substituent.
    However, the atom at the bonding position to Ar 1 in L 1 , L 2 and L 3 is not an oxygen atom.
    Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent, and the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  11.  下記一般式(2)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     上記式中、Ar、及びArは、各々独立に、単環芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
     R、R、R、及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、又は非芳香族性の置換基を表す。
     Aは、-L-CO 、-L-SO 、又は-L-X-N-Yを表す。
     L、L及びLは、各々独立に、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Xは、-SO-、又は-CO-を表す。
     Yは、-SO-R、又は-CO-Rを表す。
     R及びRは、各々独立に、1価の置換基を表す。
     ただし、L、L及びL中のArとの結合位置の原子は、酸素原子ではない。
     なお、Ar及びArは、更に置換基を有していてもよく、前記置換基同士が互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
    The compound represented by following General formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In the above formulae, Ar 2 and Ar 3 each independently represent a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group.
    Each of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a nonaromatic substituent.
    A 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, -L 2 -SO 3 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - represents a -Y 1.
    Each of L 1 , L 2 and L 3 independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    X 1 represents -SO 2- or -CO-.
    Y 1 represents an -SO 2 -R A, or -CO-R B.
    Each of R A and R B independently represents a monovalent substituent.
    However, the atom at the bonding position to Ar 1 in L 1 , L 2 and L 3 is not an oxygen atom.
    Ar 2 and Ar 3 may further have a substituent, and the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  12.  R~Rが全て水素原子であるか、又は、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である、請求項11に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 11, wherein all of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, or at least one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  13.  R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArの一方が無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、
     Ar及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基であるか、又は、
     R~Rが全て水素原子であり且つAr及びArがいずれも無置換の単環芳香族炭化水素基である、請求項11に記載の化合物。
    All of R 1 to R 4 are hydrogen atoms, and one of Ar 2 and Ar 3 is an unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group,
    Or both of Ar 2 and Ar 3 are unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups, or
    The compound according to claim 11, wherein all of R 1 to R 4 are a hydrogen atom, and Ar 2 and Ar 3 are both unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups.
  14.  Aが、-L-CO 、又は-L-X-N-Yである、請求項10~13のいずれか1項に記載の化合物。 A 1 is, -L 1 -CO 2 -, or -L 3 -X 1 -N - is -Y 1, a compound according to any one of claims 10-13.
  15.  L及びLが単結合である、請求項14に記載の化合物。

     
    L 1 and L 3 is a single bond, A compound according to claim 14.

PCT/JP2018/042011 2017-12-22 2018-11-13 Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound WO2019123895A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019560866A JP6997803B2 (en) 2017-12-22 2018-11-13 Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017246984 2017-12-22
JP2017-246984 2017-12-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019123895A1 true WO2019123895A1 (en) 2019-06-27

Family

ID=66994084

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/042011 WO2019123895A1 (en) 2017-12-22 2018-11-13 Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6997803B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI787400B (en)
WO (1) WO2019123895A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020037544A (en) * 2018-09-05 2020-03-12 信越化学工業株式会社 Sulfonium compound, positive type resist composition, and method for forming resist pattern
US20210063875A1 (en) * 2019-08-29 2021-03-04 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Salt, quencher, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
BE1027311B1 (en) * 2019-06-04 2021-05-18 Sumitomo Chemical Co SALT, DEACTIVATION AGENT, RESIST COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING RESIST PATTERN, AND A METHOD FOR PRODUCING SALT
BE1027510B1 (en) * 2019-08-29 2021-08-12 Sumitomo Chemical Co SALT, DEACTIVATION AGENT, COMPOSITION OF RESIST AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A PATTERN OF RESIST
BE1028240B1 (en) * 2020-05-15 2022-03-04 Sumitomo Chemical Co CARBOXYLATE, DEACTIVATING AGENT, RESIST COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING RESIST PATTERN
CN115850140A (en) * 2022-12-15 2023-03-28 浙江工业大学 P- (dimethyl sulfonium) benzene sulfonic acid inner salt and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013167825A (en) * 2012-02-16 2013-08-29 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device using the same, and electronic device
JP2013167826A (en) * 2012-02-16 2013-08-29 Fujifilm Corp Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method and resist film each using said composition, and method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device each using these
JP2017202993A (en) * 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 信越化学工業株式会社 Novel sulphonium compound and method for producing the same, resist composition, and pattern forming method
JP2018022103A (en) * 2016-08-05 2018-02-08 信越化学工業株式会社 Negative resist composition and resist pattern forming method
JP2018025778A (en) * 2016-08-05 2018-02-15 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, and photomask blank
JP2018035096A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 信越化学工業株式会社 Sulfonium compound, resist composition and pattern forming method

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016035497A1 (en) * 2014-09-02 2016-03-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013167825A (en) * 2012-02-16 2013-08-29 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device using the same, and electronic device
JP2013167826A (en) * 2012-02-16 2013-08-29 Fujifilm Corp Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method and resist film each using said composition, and method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device each using these
JP2017202993A (en) * 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 信越化学工業株式会社 Novel sulphonium compound and method for producing the same, resist composition, and pattern forming method
JP2018022103A (en) * 2016-08-05 2018-02-08 信越化学工業株式会社 Negative resist composition and resist pattern forming method
JP2018025778A (en) * 2016-08-05 2018-02-15 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, and photomask blank
JP2018035096A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 信越化学工業株式会社 Sulfonium compound, resist composition and pattern forming method

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020037544A (en) * 2018-09-05 2020-03-12 信越化学工業株式会社 Sulfonium compound, positive type resist composition, and method for forming resist pattern
JP7031537B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2022-03-08 信越化学工業株式会社 Sulfonium compound, positive resist composition, and resist pattern forming method
BE1027311B1 (en) * 2019-06-04 2021-05-18 Sumitomo Chemical Co SALT, DEACTIVATION AGENT, RESIST COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING RESIST PATTERN, AND A METHOD FOR PRODUCING SALT
US11550219B2 (en) 2019-06-04 2023-01-10 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Salt, quencher, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern, and method for producing salt
US20210063875A1 (en) * 2019-08-29 2021-03-04 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Salt, quencher, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
BE1027509B1 (en) * 2019-08-29 2021-08-12 Sumitomo Chemical Co SALT, DEACTIVATION AGENT, COMPOSITION OF RESIST AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A PATTERN OF RESIST
BE1027510B1 (en) * 2019-08-29 2021-08-12 Sumitomo Chemical Co SALT, DEACTIVATION AGENT, COMPOSITION OF RESIST AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A PATTERN OF RESIST
US11429025B2 (en) 2019-08-29 2022-08-30 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Salt, quencher, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
BE1028240B1 (en) * 2020-05-15 2022-03-04 Sumitomo Chemical Co CARBOXYLATE, DEACTIVATING AGENT, RESIST COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING RESIST PATTERN
CN115850140A (en) * 2022-12-15 2023-03-28 浙江工业大学 P- (dimethyl sulfonium) benzene sulfonic acid inner salt and preparation method and application thereof
CN115850140B (en) * 2022-12-15 2023-12-05 浙江工业大学 P- (dimethyl sulfonium) benzenesulfonic acid inner salt and preparation method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019123895A1 (en) 2020-11-26
TW201927746A (en) 2019-07-16
TWI787400B (en) 2022-12-21
JP6997803B2 (en) 2022-01-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6997803B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
JPWO2020066824A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6818600B2 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP7053625B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6727402B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2018180070A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
JP7097873B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
WO2019167737A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2019130866A1 (en) Active ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
WO2019064961A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TWI818966B (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing thereof, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2019187632A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method, and polyester
JP7191981B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7124094B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
KR102503368B1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7084995B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
WO2022024856A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
WO2020129683A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2020105523A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device
TW201939159A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern-forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6967661B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
TWI793267B (en) Active ray-sensitive or radioactive ray-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern-forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device
TWI833701B (en) Photosensitive radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic component
WO2019188455A1 (en) Actinic-ray-responsive or radiation-responsive resin composition, actinic-ray-responsive or radiation-responsive film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and polyester

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18892513

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019560866

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18892513

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1